(top level comment): Updated to reflect the fact that
[emacs.git] / src / w32term.c
blobff56139315cf344d4480249f7ec029d26fa7c24a
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 #include <config.h>
23 #include <signal.h>
24 #include <stdio.h>
25 #include <stdlib.h>
26 #include "lisp.h"
27 #include "charset.h"
28 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "w32heap.h"
31 #include "w32term.h"
32 #include "w32bdf.h"
33 #include <shellapi.h>
35 #include "systty.h"
36 #include "systime.h"
37 #include "atimer.h"
39 #include <ctype.h>
40 #include <errno.h>
41 #include <setjmp.h>
42 #include <sys/stat.h>
44 #include "keyboard.h"
45 #include "frame.h"
46 #include "dispextern.h"
47 #include "fontset.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
49 #include "termopts.h"
50 #include "termchar.h"
51 #include "gnu.h"
52 #include "disptab.h"
53 #include "buffer.h"
54 #include "window.h"
55 #include "intervals.h"
56 #include "composite.h"
57 #include "coding.h"
59 #undef min
60 #undef max
61 #define min(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
62 #define max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
64 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
66 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
69 /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */
71 enum bitmap_type
73 NO_BITMAP,
74 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
75 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
76 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
77 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
78 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
79 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
82 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
83 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
84 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
85 reflected here. */
87 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
88 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
90 #define zv_width 8
91 #define zv_height 8
92 static unsigned short zv_bits[] = {
93 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00};
94 static HBITMAP zv_bmp;
96 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
98 #define left_width 8
99 #define left_height 8
100 static unsigned short left_bits[] = {
101 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
102 static HBITMAP left_bmp;
104 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
106 #define right_width 8
107 #define right_height 8
108 static unsigned short right_bits[] = {
109 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
110 static HBITMAP right_bmp;
112 /* Marker for continued lines. */
114 #define continued_width 8
115 #define continued_height 8
116 static unsigned short continued_bits[] = {
117 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
118 static HBITMAP continued_bmp;
120 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
122 #define continuation_width 8
123 #define continuation_height 8
124 static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = {
125 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
126 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp;
128 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
130 #if 0
131 /* A bomb. */
132 #define ov_width 8
133 #define ov_height 8
134 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
135 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
136 #else
137 /* A triangular arrow. */
138 #define ov_width 8
139 #define ov_height 8
140 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
141 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
142 #endif
143 static HBITMAP ov_bmp;
145 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
148 /* Non-zero means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
150 int x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p;
152 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
153 (The display is done in read_char.) */
155 static Lisp_Object help_echo;
156 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window;
157 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object;
158 static int help_echo_pos;
160 /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */
162 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
164 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
165 start. */
167 static int any_help_event_p;
169 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
170 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
171 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
173 int x_stretch_cursor_p;
175 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel;
177 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
179 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HMENU menu, UINT menu_item, UINT flags);
181 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname);
183 extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp,
184 unsigned char *text, int dim);
185 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
187 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
188 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
191 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
192 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info;
194 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
195 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
196 NAME is the name of the frame.
197 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
198 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list;
200 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
201 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
202 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
203 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
204 is the frame to apply to. */
205 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
207 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
208 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
210 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
211 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
212 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
214 struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
216 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
217 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
218 for Far East languages. */
219 int w32_enable_unicode_output;
221 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0;
222 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL;
223 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
224 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
226 #ifndef SIF_ALL
227 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
228 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
229 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
230 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
231 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
232 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
233 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
235 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
237 UINT cbSize;
238 UINT fMask;
239 int nMin;
240 int nMax;
241 UINT nPage;
242 int nPos;
243 int nTrackPos;
244 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO;
245 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO;
246 #endif /* SIF_ALL */
248 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
249 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
250 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
252 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle;
253 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border;
254 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border;
256 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
258 /* Mouse movement. */
260 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
262 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
263 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
266 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons;
268 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons;
270 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
271 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise;
273 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
274 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock;
276 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
277 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr;
279 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
281 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
282 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
283 an ordinary motion.
285 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
286 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
287 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
288 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
290 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
291 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
292 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
293 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
294 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
295 it's somewhat accurate. */
297 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
299 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
300 events. */
302 #ifdef __STDC__
303 static int volatile input_signal_count;
304 #else
305 static int input_signal_count;
306 #endif
308 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
312 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL
313 extern int errno;
314 #endif
316 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
318 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
320 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
321 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
323 enum draw_glyphs_face
325 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
326 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
327 DRAW_CURSOR,
328 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
329 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
330 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
333 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
334 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
335 void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
336 static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
337 int *, int *));
338 static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
339 static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
340 int *, int *, int *));
341 static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
342 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
343 static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
344 static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
345 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *,
346 struct input_event *));
347 static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
348 enum draw_glyphs_face));
349 void clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
351 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
352 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
353 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
354 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
355 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
356 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
357 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
358 void w32_initialize P_ ((void));
359 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
360 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
361 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
362 struct glyph_row *,
363 enum draw_glyphs_face));
364 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
365 static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
366 static void w32_reassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int));
367 static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int));
368 static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
369 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
370 static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
371 static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
372 static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
373 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
374 static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
375 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
376 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
377 static void w32_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
378 struct frame *));
379 static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
380 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
381 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
382 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int));
383 static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
384 static void expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
385 static void expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
386 static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
387 RECT *, enum glyph_row_area));
388 static void expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
389 RECT *));
390 void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int));
391 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
392 static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
393 static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
394 void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int));
395 void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
396 static void w32_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc, struct glyph_row *,
397 enum bitmap_type));
398 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
399 static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
400 static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
401 static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
402 HDC, int));
404 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
407 /***********************************************************************
408 Debugging
409 ***********************************************************************/
411 #if 0
413 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
414 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
416 struct record
418 char *locus;
419 int type;
422 struct record event_record[100];
424 int event_record_index;
426 record_event (locus, type)
427 char *locus;
428 int type;
430 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
431 event_record_index = 0;
433 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
434 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
435 event_record_index++;
438 #endif /* 0 */
441 void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
442 XGCValues *xgcv)
444 if (mask & GCForeground)
445 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
446 if (mask & GCBackground)
447 gc->background = xgcv->background;
448 if (mask & GCFont)
449 gc->font = xgcv->font;
452 XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
453 XGCValues *xgcv)
455 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
456 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
458 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
460 return gc;
463 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
464 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
466 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
469 static void
470 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect)
472 if (rect)
474 HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect);
475 SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region);
476 DeleteObject (clip_region);
478 else
479 SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL);
483 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
484 void
485 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y,
486 int width, int height)
488 HBRUSH hb, oldhb;
489 HPEN hp, oldhp;
491 hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background);
492 hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground);
493 oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
494 oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp);
496 Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height);
498 SelectObject (hdc, oldhb);
499 SelectObject (hdc, oldhp);
500 DeleteObject (hb);
501 DeleteObject (hp);
504 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
505 void
506 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect)
507 FRAME_PTR f;
508 HDC hdc;
509 COLORREF pix;
510 RECT * lprect;
512 HBRUSH hb;
513 RECT rect;
515 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
516 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
517 DeleteObject (hb);
520 void
521 w32_clear_window (f)
522 FRAME_PTR f;
524 RECT rect;
525 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
527 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
528 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
529 of 0 indicates this. */
530 if (hdc)
532 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
533 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
536 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
540 /***********************************************************************
541 Starting and ending an update
542 ***********************************************************************/
544 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
545 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
546 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
547 each window being updated. */
549 static void
550 x_update_begin (f)
551 struct frame *f;
553 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
555 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
556 colors has changed. */
557 if (display_info->regen_palette)
559 w32_regenerate_palette (f);
560 display_info->regen_palette = FALSE;
565 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
566 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
567 position of W. */
569 static void
570 x_update_window_begin (w)
571 struct window *w;
573 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
574 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
576 updated_window = w;
577 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
579 BLOCK_INPUT;
581 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
583 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
584 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
586 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
587 highlighting. */
588 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
589 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
591 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
592 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
593 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
594 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
595 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
596 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
598 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
599 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
600 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
601 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
602 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
603 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
604 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
606 int i;
608 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
609 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
610 break;
612 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
613 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
615 #endif /* 0 */
618 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
622 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
623 have vertical scroll bars. */
625 static void
626 x_draw_vertical_border (w)
627 struct window *w;
629 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
631 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
632 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
633 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
634 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
635 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
636 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
638 RECT r;
639 HDC hdc;
641 window_box_edges (w, -1, &r.left, &r.top, &r.right, &r.bottom);
642 r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
643 r.right = r.left + 1;
644 r.bottom -= 1;
646 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
647 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r);
648 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
653 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
655 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
656 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
658 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
659 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
660 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
662 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
663 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
664 here. */
666 static void
667 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
668 struct window *w;
669 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
671 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
673 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
674 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
676 BLOCK_INPUT;
678 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
679 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
680 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
682 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
683 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
684 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
687 if (cursor_on_p)
688 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
689 output_cursor.vpos,
690 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
691 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
692 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
695 updated_window = NULL;
699 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
700 update_end. */
702 static void
703 x_update_end (f)
704 struct frame *f;
706 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
707 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
711 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
712 complete update has been performed. The global variable
713 updated_window is not available here. */
715 static void
716 w32_frame_up_to_date (f)
717 struct frame *f;
719 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
721 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
722 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
723 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
725 BLOCK_INPUT;
726 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
727 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
728 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
729 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
730 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
731 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
737 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
738 arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
739 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
740 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
741 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
742 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
744 static void
745 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
746 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
748 struct window *w = updated_window;
750 xassert (w);
752 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
754 BLOCK_INPUT;
755 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
757 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
758 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */
759 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
761 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
762 int width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
763 int height = desired_row->visible_height;
764 int x = (window_box_right (w, -1)
765 + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
766 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
767 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
769 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x, y, width, height);
770 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
773 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
778 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
779 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
780 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
781 drawn. */
783 static void
784 w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which)
785 struct window *w;
786 HDC hdc;
787 struct glyph_row *row;
788 enum bitmap_type which;
790 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
791 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
792 HDC compat_hdc;
793 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
794 HBITMAP pixmap;
795 HANDLE horig_obj;
796 struct face *face;
798 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
799 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1);
801 switch (which)
803 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
804 wd = left_width;
805 h = left_height;
806 pixmap = left_bmp;
807 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
808 - wd
809 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
810 break;
812 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
813 wd = ov_width;
814 h = ov_height;
815 pixmap = ov_bmp;
816 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
817 - wd
818 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
819 break;
821 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
822 wd = right_width;
823 h = right_height;
824 pixmap = right_bmp;
825 x = window_box_right (w, -1);
826 x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
827 break;
829 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
830 wd = continued_width;
831 h = continued_height;
832 pixmap = continued_bmp;
833 x = window_box_right (w, -1);
834 x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
835 break;
837 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
838 wd = continuation_width;
839 h = continuation_height;
840 pixmap = continuation_bmp;
841 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
842 - wd
843 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
844 break;
846 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
847 wd = zv_width;
848 h = zv_height;
849 pixmap = zv_bmp;
850 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
851 - wd
852 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
853 break;
855 default:
856 abort ();
859 /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to
860 start drawing the bitmap. */
861 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
862 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
864 /* Draw the bitmap. */
865 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
867 compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
868 SaveDC (hdc);
870 horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
871 SetTextColor (hdc, face->background);
872 SetBkColor (hdc, face->foreground);
874 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
876 SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj);
877 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
878 RestoreDC (hdc, -1);
882 /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
883 function with input blocked. */
885 static void
886 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row)
887 struct window *w;
888 struct glyph_row *row;
890 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
891 enum bitmap_type bitmap;
892 struct face *face;
893 int header_line_height = -1;
894 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
896 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
898 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
899 don't have to draw anything. */
900 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
901 return;
903 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
904 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
906 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */
907 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
908 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
909 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
910 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
911 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
912 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
913 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
914 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
915 else
916 bitmap = NO_BITMAP;
918 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
919 the flags area. */
920 if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
921 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
922 || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
924 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
925 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
926 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
927 ? 1 : 0);
928 int left = window_box_left (w, -1);
930 if (header_line_height < 0)
931 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
933 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
934 left - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) + border,
935 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
936 row->y)),
937 FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border,
938 row->visible_height);
941 /* Draw the left bitmap. */
942 if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
943 w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap);
945 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */
946 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
947 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
948 else if (row->continued_p)
949 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
950 else
951 bitmap = NO_BITMAP;
953 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
954 the flags area. */
955 if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
956 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
957 || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
959 int right = window_box_right (w, -1);
961 if (header_line_height < 0)
962 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
964 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
965 right,
966 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
967 row->y)),
968 FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f),
969 row->visible_height);
972 /* Draw the right bitmap. */
973 if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
974 w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap);
976 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
980 /***********************************************************************
981 Line Highlighting
982 ***********************************************************************/
984 /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for W32
985 frames. Aborts when called. */
987 static void
988 w32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
989 int new, vpos;
991 abort ();
994 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
995 whether it is highlighted. Not used for W32 frames. Aborts when
996 called. */
998 static void
999 x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos)
1000 int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos;
1002 abort ();
1005 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1006 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1007 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1008 rarely happens). */
1010 static void
1011 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1015 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1016 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1018 static void
1019 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1025 /***********************************************************************
1026 Output Cursor
1027 ***********************************************************************/
1029 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1030 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1032 static void
1033 set_output_cursor (cursor)
1034 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
1036 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
1037 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
1038 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
1039 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
1043 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1045 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1046 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1048 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1049 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1050 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1051 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1053 static void
1054 w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
1055 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1057 struct window *w;
1059 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1060 if (updated_window)
1061 w = updated_window;
1062 else
1063 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
1065 /* Set the output cursor. */
1066 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1067 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1068 output_cursor.x = x;
1069 output_cursor.y = y;
1071 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1072 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1073 if (updated_window == NULL)
1075 BLOCK_INPUT;
1076 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
1077 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1083 /***********************************************************************
1084 Display Iterator
1085 ***********************************************************************/
1087 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1089 static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1090 struct glyph *,
1091 wchar_t *,
1092 int *));
1093 static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1094 int, wchar_t *, int));
1095 static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *,
1096 wchar_t *,
1097 enum w32_char_font_type));
1098 static enum w32_char_font_type
1099 w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *));
1100 static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1101 static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1102 static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1103 int, int, double));
1104 static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1105 static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1108 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1109 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1110 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1113 #define BYTE1(ch) \
1114 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1116 #define BYTE2(ch) \
1117 ((ch) & 0x00ff)
1120 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1121 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1122 metric is returned. */
1124 static int
1125 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm)
1126 XFontStruct *font;
1127 wchar_t *char2b;
1128 int dim;
1129 XCharStruct * pcm;
1131 glyph_metric * bdf_metric;
1132 char buf[2];
1134 if (dim == 1)
1135 buf[0] = (char)(*char2b);
1136 else
1138 buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1139 buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1142 bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim);
1144 if (bdf_metric)
1146 pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth;
1147 pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox;
1148 pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth
1149 - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw);
1150 pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh;
1151 pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy;
1153 return 1;
1155 return 0;
1159 static int
1160 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm)
1161 XFontStruct *font;
1162 wchar_t *char2b;
1163 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1164 XCharStruct * pcm;
1166 HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL);
1167 HFONT old_font;
1168 BOOL retval = FALSE;
1170 xassert (font && char2b);
1171 xassert (font->hfont);
1172 xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT);
1174 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
1176 if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0)
1178 ABC char_widths;
1180 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1181 retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1182 else
1183 retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1185 if (retval)
1187 pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC;
1188 pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA;
1189 pcm->rbearing = pcm->width - char_widths.abcC;
1190 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1191 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1195 if (!retval)
1197 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1198 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1199 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1200 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1201 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1202 is assumed to be zero. */
1204 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1205 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1206 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1207 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1208 SIZE sz;
1210 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1211 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz);
1212 else
1213 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz);
1215 if (retval)
1217 pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang;
1218 pcm->rbearing = sz.cx;
1219 pcm->lbearing = 0;
1220 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1221 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1226 if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)
1228 retval = FALSE;
1231 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
1232 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
1234 return retval;
1238 static XCharStruct *
1239 w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1240 XFontStruct *font;
1241 wchar_t *char2b;
1242 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1244 /* The result metric information. */
1245 XCharStruct *pcm;
1246 BOOL retval;
1248 xassert (font && char2b);
1249 xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT);
1251 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1252 if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL)
1253 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1254 return &font->max_bounds;
1255 else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128)
1256 return &font->per_char[*char2b];
1258 pcm = &font->scratch;
1260 if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT)
1261 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm);
1262 else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT)
1263 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm);
1264 else
1265 retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm);
1267 if (retval)
1268 return pcm;
1270 return NULL;
1273 void
1274 w32_cache_char_metrics (font)
1275 XFontStruct *font;
1277 wchar_t char2b = L'x';
1279 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1280 if (font->bdf)
1282 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1283 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds))
1285 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1286 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1287 font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font);
1288 font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx;
1289 font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx;
1290 font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1291 font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1294 else
1296 if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0)
1297 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1298 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1299 || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth))
1301 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1302 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1303 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1304 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1305 run-time. */
1306 int i;
1308 font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct));
1309 for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
1311 char2b = i;
1312 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1313 &font->per_char[i]);
1316 else
1317 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1318 &font->max_bounds);
1323 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1324 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font)
1326 return font->double_byte_p;
1330 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1331 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1333 static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type
1334 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1335 int c;
1336 wchar_t *char2b;
1337 struct font_info *font_info;
1338 int * two_byte_p;
1340 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1341 int codepage;
1342 int unicode_p = 0;
1344 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1346 xassert (two_byte_p);
1348 *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font);
1350 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1351 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1352 fixed encoding. */
1353 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1355 /* It's a program. */
1356 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1358 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1360 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1361 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1363 else
1365 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1366 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1367 ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1370 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1372 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1373 program. */
1374 if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */
1375 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]);
1376 else
1377 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
1379 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1381 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1382 encoding numbers. */
1383 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1385 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1386 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1387 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b));
1389 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3
1390 || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1))
1391 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80);
1392 else if (enc == 4)
1394 int sjis1, sjis2;
1396 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b),
1397 sjis1, sjis2);
1398 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2);
1401 codepage = w32_codepage_for_font (font_info->name);
1403 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1404 Unicode space. */
1405 if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1406 && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1)
1408 char temp[3];
1409 temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1410 temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1411 temp[2] = '\0';
1412 if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
1414 if (temp[0])
1415 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1);
1416 else
1417 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1);
1419 unicode_p = 1;
1420 *two_byte_p = 1;
1422 if (!font)
1423 return UNKNOWN_FONT;
1424 else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1425 return BDF_1D_FONT;
1426 else if (font->bdf)
1427 return BDF_2D_FONT;
1428 else if (unicode_p)
1429 return UNICODE_FONT;
1430 else
1431 return ANSI_FONT;
1435 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1436 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1437 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1438 realized face that is ready for display. */
1440 static INLINE struct face *
1441 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
1442 struct frame *f;
1443 int c, face_id;
1444 wchar_t *char2b;
1445 int multibyte_p;
1447 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1449 if (!multibyte_p)
1451 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1452 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1453 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1454 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c);
1455 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1457 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1459 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1460 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1462 else
1464 int c1, c2, charset;
1466 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1467 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1468 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
1469 if (c2 > 0)
1470 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1471 else
1472 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1474 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1475 if (face->font != NULL)
1477 struct font_info *font_info
1478 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1479 if (font_info)
1480 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p);
1484 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1485 xassert (face != NULL);
1486 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1488 return face;
1492 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1493 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1494 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1496 static INLINE struct face *
1497 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p)
1498 struct frame *f;
1499 struct glyph *glyph;
1500 wchar_t *char2b;
1501 int *two_byte_p;
1503 struct face *face;
1504 int dummy = 0;
1506 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1507 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id);
1509 if (two_byte_p)
1510 *two_byte_p = 0;
1511 else
1512 two_byte_p = &dummy;
1514 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1516 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1517 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1518 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1520 else if (glyph->u.ch < 128
1521 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1523 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1524 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1526 else
1528 int c1, c2, charset;
1530 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1531 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1532 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2);
1533 if (c2 > 0)
1534 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1535 else
1536 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1538 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1539 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1541 struct font_info *font_info
1542 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1543 if (font_info)
1545 glyph->w32_font_type
1546 = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p);
1551 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1552 xassert (face != NULL);
1553 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1554 return face;
1558 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1559 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1561 static INLINE void
1562 x_append_glyph (it)
1563 struct it *it;
1565 struct glyph *glyph;
1566 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1568 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1569 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1571 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1572 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1574 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1575 glyph->object = it->object;
1576 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1577 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1578 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1579 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1580 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1581 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1582 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1583 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1584 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1585 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p;
1586 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1587 glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display;
1588 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1589 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1593 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1594 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1596 static INLINE void
1597 x_append_composite_glyph (it)
1598 struct it *it;
1600 struct glyph *glyph;
1601 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1603 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1605 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1606 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1608 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1609 glyph->object = it->object;
1610 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1611 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1612 glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH;
1613 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1614 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1615 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1616 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1617 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1618 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1619 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1620 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1621 glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id;
1622 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1623 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1628 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1629 IT->voffset. */
1631 static INLINE void
1632 take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1633 struct it *it;
1635 if (it->voffset)
1637 if (it->voffset < 0)
1638 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1639 in the line. */
1640 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1641 else
1642 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1643 in the line. */
1644 it->descent += it->voffset;
1649 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1650 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1651 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1653 static void
1654 x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1655 struct it *it;
1657 struct image *img;
1658 struct face *face;
1660 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1662 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1663 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1664 xassert (img);
1666 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1667 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1668 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1670 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face);
1671 it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->margin - it->ascent;
1672 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->margin;
1674 it->nglyphs = 1;
1676 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1678 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1679 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1681 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1682 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1683 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1684 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1687 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1689 if (it->glyph_row)
1691 struct glyph *glyph;
1692 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1694 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1695 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1697 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1698 glyph->object = it->object;
1699 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1700 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1701 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
1702 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1703 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1704 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1705 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1706 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1707 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1708 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1709 glyph->u.img_id = img->id;
1710 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1711 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1717 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1718 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1719 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1720 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1722 static void
1723 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1724 struct it *it;
1725 Lisp_Object object;
1726 int width, height;
1727 double ascent;
1729 struct glyph *glyph;
1730 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1732 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1734 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1735 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1737 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1738 glyph->object = object;
1739 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1740 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1741 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1742 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1743 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1744 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1745 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1746 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1747 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1748 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1749 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1750 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1751 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1752 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1757 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1758 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1759 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1760 being recognized:
1762 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1763 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1764 point number.
1766 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1767 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1768 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1770 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1771 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1773 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1775 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1776 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1778 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
1779 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1780 the glyph property.
1782 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1784 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1785 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1786 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1788 #define NUMVAL(X) \
1789 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1790 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1791 : - 1)
1794 static void
1795 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1796 struct it *it;
1798 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1799 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent, Qspace;
1800 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1801 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1802 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1803 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1804 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1805 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1807 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1809 /* List should start with `space'. */
1810 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1811 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1813 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1814 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1815 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1816 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1817 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1818 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1819 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1821 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1822 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1823 property. */
1824 struct it it2;
1825 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1827 it2 = *it;
1828 if (it->multibyte_p)
1830 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1831 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1832 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1834 else
1835 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1837 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1838 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1839 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1840 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1842 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1843 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1844 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1845 else
1846 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1847 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1849 /* Compute height. */
1850 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1851 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1852 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1853 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1854 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1855 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1856 else
1857 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1859 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1860 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1861 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1862 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1863 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1864 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1865 else
1866 ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1868 if (width <= 0)
1869 width = 1;
1870 if (height <= 0)
1871 height = 1;
1873 if (it->glyph_row)
1875 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1876 if (!STRINGP (object))
1877 object = it->w->buffer;
1878 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1881 it->pixel_width = width;
1882 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent;
1883 it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent;
1884 it->nglyphs = 1;
1886 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1888 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1889 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1891 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1892 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1893 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1894 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1897 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1900 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1901 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1902 center of the line of frame F.
1904 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1906 -------------------------+-----------+-
1907 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1908 | | | | | |
1909 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1910 | | | ASCENT | |
1911 HEIGHT | | | | |
1912 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1913 | | | | BOFF | |
1914 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1915 | | | DESCENT | |
1916 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1917 -------------------------+-----------+-
1919 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1920 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1921 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1922 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1923 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1924 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1925 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1928 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1929 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
1930 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
1931 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
1932 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
1934 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1935 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1936 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1938 static void
1939 x_produce_glyphs (it)
1940 struct it *it;
1942 it->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1944 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
1946 wchar_t char2b;
1947 XFontStruct *font;
1948 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1949 XCharStruct *pcm;
1950 int font_not_found_p;
1951 struct font_info *font_info;
1952 int boff; /* baseline offset */
1953 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
1954 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
1955 later.
1957 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
1958 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
1959 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
1960 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
1961 glyph.
1963 int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1965 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
1966 other way. */
1967 it->char_to_display = it->c;
1968 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c))
1970 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1971 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
1972 && (it->c >= 0240
1973 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))
1975 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
1976 it->multibyte_p = 1;
1977 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
1978 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1980 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
1981 && !it->multibyte_p)
1983 it->char_to_display = multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it->c, Qnil);
1984 it->multibyte_p = 0;
1985 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
1986 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1990 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1991 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
1992 it->face_id, &char2b,
1993 it->multibyte_p);
1994 font = face->font;
1996 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
1997 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
1998 if (font_not_found_p)
2000 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2001 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2002 font_info = NULL;
2004 else
2006 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2007 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2008 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2009 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2012 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
2013 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
2015 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2016 int stretched_p;
2018 it->nglyphs = 1;
2020 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
2021 font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT);
2022 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2023 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2025 if (pcm)
2027 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2028 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2029 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2031 else
2033 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2034 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2035 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2036 it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2039 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2040 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2041 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
2042 if (stretched_p)
2043 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
2045 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2046 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2047 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2048 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2050 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2052 it->ascent += thick;
2053 it->descent += thick;
2055 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2056 it->pixel_width += thick;
2057 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2058 it->pixel_width += thick;
2061 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2062 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2063 if (face->overline_p)
2064 it->ascent += 2;
2066 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2068 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2069 if (it->glyph_row)
2071 if (stretched_p)
2073 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2074 into a stretch glyph. */
2075 double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font)
2076 / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
2077 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2078 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2080 else
2081 x_append_glyph (it);
2083 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2084 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2085 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2086 if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2087 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2090 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
2092 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2093 it->pixel_width = 0;
2094 it->nglyphs = 0;
2095 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2096 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2098 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2100 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2101 it->ascent += thick;
2102 it->descent += thick;
2105 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
2107 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
2108 int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width;
2109 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
2111 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2112 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2113 tab stop after that. */
2114 if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f))
2115 next_tab_x += tab_width;
2117 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
2118 it->nglyphs = 1;
2119 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2120 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2122 if (it->glyph_row)
2124 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
2125 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2126 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2129 else
2131 /* A multi-byte character.
2132 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2133 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2134 default font and calculate the width of the character
2135 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2136 did. */
2137 enum w32_char_font_type type;
2139 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2140 type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2141 else if (font->bdf)
2142 type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2143 else
2144 type = UNICODE_FONT;
2146 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type);
2148 if (font_not_found_p || !pcm)
2150 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
2152 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2153 it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f))
2154 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
2155 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2156 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2158 else
2160 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2161 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2162 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2163 if (it->glyph_row
2164 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
2165 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2166 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2168 it->nglyphs = 1;
2169 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2170 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2172 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2174 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2175 it->ascent += thick;
2176 it->descent += thick;
2178 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2179 it->pixel_width += thick;
2180 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2181 it->pixel_width += thick;
2184 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2185 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2186 if (face->overline_p)
2187 it->ascent += 2;
2189 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2191 if (it->glyph_row)
2192 x_append_glyph (it);
2194 it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p;
2196 else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2198 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2199 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2200 wchar_t char2b;
2201 XFontStruct *font;
2202 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2203 XCharStruct *pcm;
2204 int font_not_found_p;
2205 struct font_info *font_info;
2206 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2207 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id];
2209 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2210 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2211 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2212 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2213 && (it->c >= 0240
2214 || (it->c >= 0200
2215 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
2217 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2220 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2221 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2222 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2223 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2224 it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p);
2225 font = face->font;
2227 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2228 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2229 if (font_not_found_p)
2231 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2232 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2233 font_info = NULL;
2235 else
2237 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2238 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2239 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2240 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2243 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2244 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2245 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2246 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2247 it->nglyphs = 1;
2249 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2250 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2251 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2252 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2253 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2254 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2255 correct the display anyway. */
2256 if (cmp->font != (void *) font)
2258 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2259 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2260 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2261 them respectively. */
2262 int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2263 int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2264 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2265 int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest;
2266 int i, width, ascent, descent;
2267 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
2269 cmp->font = (void *) font;
2271 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2272 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2273 else if (font->bdf)
2274 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2275 else
2276 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2278 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2279 if (font_info
2280 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2282 width = pcm->width;
2283 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2284 descent = pcm->descent;
2286 else
2288 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2289 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2290 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2293 rightmost = width;
2294 lowest = - descent + boff;
2295 highest = ascent + boff;
2296 leftmost = 0;
2298 if (font_info
2299 && font_info->default_ascent
2300 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2301 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent,
2302 make_number (it->char_to_display))))
2303 highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff;
2305 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2306 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2307 the left. */
2308 cmp->offsets[0] = 0;
2309 cmp->offsets[1] = boff;
2311 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2312 for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2314 int left, right, btm, top;
2315 int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i);
2316 int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch);
2318 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2319 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b,
2320 it->multibyte_p);
2321 font = face->font;
2322 if (font == NULL)
2324 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2325 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2326 font_info = NULL;
2328 else
2330 font_info
2331 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2332 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2333 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2334 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2337 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1)
2338 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2339 else if (font->bdf)
2340 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2341 else
2342 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2344 if (font_info
2345 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2347 width = pcm->width;
2348 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2349 descent = pcm->descent;
2351 else
2353 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2354 ascent = 1;
2355 descent = 0;
2358 if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS)
2360 /* Relative composition with or without
2361 alternate chars. */
2362 left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2;
2363 btm = - descent + boff;
2364 if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose
2365 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition)
2366 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2367 make_number (ch)))))
2370 if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose)
2371 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2372 btm = highest + 1;
2373 else if (ascent <= 0)
2374 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2375 btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent;
2378 else
2380 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2381 value that encodes global and new reference
2382 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2383 specified by numbers as below:
2385 0---1---2 -- ascent
2389 9--10--11 -- center
2391 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2393 6---7---8 -- descent
2395 int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i);
2396 int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy;
2398 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref);
2399 grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3;
2400 grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3;
2402 left = (leftmost
2403 + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2
2404 - nrefx * width / 2);
2405 btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest
2406 : grefy == 1 ? 0
2407 : grefy == 2 ? lowest
2408 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2409 - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent
2410 : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff
2411 : nrefy == 2 ? 0
2412 : (ascent + descent) / 2));
2415 cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left;
2416 cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent;
2418 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2419 right = left + width;
2420 top = btm + descent + ascent;
2421 if (left < leftmost)
2422 leftmost = left;
2423 if (right > rightmost)
2424 rightmost = right;
2425 if (top > highest)
2426 highest = top;
2427 if (btm < lowest)
2428 lowest = btm;
2431 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2432 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2433 non-negative. */
2434 if (leftmost < 0)
2436 for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2437 cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost;
2438 rightmost -= leftmost;
2441 cmp->pixel_width = rightmost;
2442 cmp->ascent = highest;
2443 cmp->descent = - lowest;
2444 if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent)
2445 cmp->ascent = font_ascent;
2446 if (cmp->descent < font_descent)
2447 cmp->descent = font_descent;
2450 it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width;
2451 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent;
2452 it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent;
2454 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2456 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2457 it->ascent += thick;
2458 it->descent += thick;
2460 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2461 it->pixel_width += thick;
2462 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2463 it->pixel_width += thick;
2466 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2467 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2468 if (face->overline_p)
2469 it->ascent += 2;
2471 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2473 if (it->glyph_row)
2474 x_append_composite_glyph (it);
2476 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
2477 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
2478 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
2479 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
2481 /* Accumulate dimensions. */
2482 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent > 0);
2483 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
2484 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
2486 it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing;
2488 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
2489 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
2490 it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent);
2491 it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent);
2495 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2496 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2499 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
2500 struct frame *f;
2501 enum face_id face_id;
2503 int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
2505 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2506 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2507 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
2509 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
2510 if (face)
2512 if (face->font)
2513 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font);
2514 height += 2 * face->box_line_width;
2519 return height;
2524 BOOL
2525 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
2526 int codepage;
2528 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
2529 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
2530 && codepage != CP_8BIT
2531 && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage)));
2535 /***********************************************************************
2536 Glyph display
2537 ***********************************************************************/
2539 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2541 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2542 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2543 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2544 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2546 struct glyph_string
2548 /* X-origin of the string. */
2549 int x;
2551 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2552 int y, ybase;
2554 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2555 int width;
2557 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2558 int background_width;
2560 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2561 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2562 font the string is drawn in. */
2563 int height;
2565 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2566 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2567 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2568 int left_overhang;
2570 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2571 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2572 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2573 int right_overhang;
2575 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2576 struct frame *f;
2578 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2579 struct window *w;
2581 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2582 Window window;
2584 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2585 y-origin and height of the string. */
2586 struct glyph_row *row;
2588 /* The area within row. */
2589 enum glyph_row_area area;
2591 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2592 wchar_t *char2b;
2593 int nchars;
2595 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2596 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
2598 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2599 struct face *face;
2601 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2602 XFontStruct *font;
2604 /* Font info for this string. */
2605 struct font_info *font_info;
2607 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2608 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2609 struct composition *cmp;
2611 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2612 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2613 the first character of a composition. */
2614 int gidx;
2616 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2617 of the window's drawing area. */
2618 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
2620 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2621 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2623 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2624 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2626 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2627 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2628 the frame's default font in this case. */
2629 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2631 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2632 stipple pattern. */
2633 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2635 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2636 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2637 string appears in as clip rect. */
2638 unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1;
2640 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2641 XGCValues *gc;
2643 HDC hdc;
2645 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2646 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2647 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2648 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2650 /* Image, if any. */
2651 struct image *img;
2653 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2657 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2659 void W32_TEXTOUT (s, x, y,chars,nchars)
2660 struct glyph_string * s;
2661 int x, y;
2662 wchar_t * chars;
2663 int nchars;
2665 int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1;
2666 if (s->gc->font->bdf)
2667 w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc,
2668 x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim,
2669 nchars * charset_dim, 0);
2670 else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
2671 ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL);
2672 else
2673 ExtTextOut (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars,
2674 nchars * charset_dim, NULL);
2677 #if 0
2679 static void
2680 x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2681 struct glyph_string *s;
2683 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2684 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2685 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2686 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2687 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2688 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2689 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2690 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2691 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2692 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2693 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2694 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2697 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2701 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2702 struct glyph_string **,
2703 struct glyph_string *,
2704 struct glyph_string *));
2705 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2706 struct glyph_string **,
2707 struct glyph_string *,
2708 struct glyph_string *));
2709 static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2710 struct glyph_string **,
2711 struct glyph_string *));
2712 static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2713 static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2714 static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2715 static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2716 static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int,
2717 int, int));
2718 static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc,
2719 wchar_t *, struct window *,
2720 struct glyph_row *,
2721 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2722 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2723 static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2724 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2725 enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *, int));
2726 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2727 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2728 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2729 int));
2730 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2731 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2732 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2733 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2734 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2735 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2736 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2737 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2738 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *,
2739 struct frame *,
2740 int *, int *));
2741 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2742 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int);
2743 static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2744 double, int, COLORREF));
2745 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2746 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2747 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2748 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2749 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP));
2750 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2751 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2752 int, int, int));
2753 static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2754 int, int, int, int, RECT *));
2755 static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2756 int, int, int, RECT *));
2757 static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
2758 enum glyph_row_area));
2761 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2762 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2764 static INLINE void
2765 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2766 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2767 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2769 if (h)
2771 if (*head)
2772 (*tail)->next = h;
2773 else
2774 *head = h;
2775 h->prev = *tail;
2776 *tail = t;
2781 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2782 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2783 result. */
2785 static INLINE void
2786 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2787 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2788 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2790 if (h)
2792 if (*head)
2793 (*head)->prev = t;
2794 else
2795 *tail = t;
2796 t->next = *head;
2797 *head = h;
2802 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2803 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2805 static INLINE void
2806 x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2807 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2808 struct glyph_string *s;
2810 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2811 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2815 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2816 face. */
2818 static void
2819 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2820 struct glyph_string *s;
2822 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2823 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2824 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2825 && !s->cmp)
2826 s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc;
2827 else
2829 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2830 XGCValues xgcv;
2831 unsigned long mask;
2833 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
2834 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2836 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2837 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2838 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2839 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2840 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2841 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2842 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2844 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2845 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2846 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
2848 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
2849 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2852 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2853 xgcv.font = s->font;
2854 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2856 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2857 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2858 mask, &xgcv);
2859 else
2860 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2861 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2863 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2868 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2870 static void
2871 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2872 struct glyph_string *s;
2874 int face_id;
2875 struct face *face;
2877 /* What face has to be used for the mouse face? */
2878 face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2879 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2880 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
2881 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2882 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2884 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2885 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2886 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2887 else
2889 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2890 but font FONT. */
2891 XGCValues xgcv;
2892 unsigned long mask;
2894 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
2895 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2896 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2897 xgcv.font = s->font;
2898 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2900 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2901 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2902 mask, &xgcv);
2903 else
2904 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2905 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2907 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2910 xassert (s->gc != 0);
2914 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2915 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2916 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2918 static INLINE void
2919 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
2920 struct glyph_string *s;
2922 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2926 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2927 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2928 pattern. */
2930 static INLINE void
2931 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
2932 struct glyph_string *s;
2934 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2936 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
2938 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2939 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2941 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
2943 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
2944 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2946 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2948 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
2949 s->stippled_p = 0;
2951 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
2953 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
2954 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2956 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2957 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
2959 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2960 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2962 else
2964 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2965 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2968 /* GC must have been set. */
2969 xassert (s->gc != 0);
2973 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2975 static void
2976 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
2977 struct glyph_string *s;
2978 RECT *r;
2980 int r_height, r_width;
2982 if (s->row->full_width_p)
2984 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2985 int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
2987 r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x;
2988 r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x;
2990 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
2992 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x;
2993 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
2994 r->left -= width;
2997 r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f);
2999 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3000 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3001 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3002 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3003 else
3004 r_height = s->height;
3006 else
3008 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3009 r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
3010 r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
3011 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3014 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3015 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3016 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3017 if (!s->row->full_width_p
3018 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
3019 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3020 else
3021 r->top = max (0, s->row->y);
3023 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3024 at the top of the window. */
3025 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
3026 r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
3028 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3029 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3030 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3031 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
3033 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3034 r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top;
3037 r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top);
3039 r->bottom = r->top + r_height;
3040 r->right = r->left + r_width;
3044 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3045 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3047 static INLINE void
3048 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
3049 struct glyph_string *s;
3051 RECT r;
3052 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3053 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r);
3057 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3058 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3060 static INLINE void
3061 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
3062 struct glyph_string *s;
3064 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3065 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3066 individual character and working it out manually. */
3070 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3071 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3072 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3074 static void
3075 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
3076 struct glyph_string *s;
3077 int x;
3078 int backward_p;
3080 if (backward_p)
3082 while (s)
3084 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3085 x -= s->width;
3086 s->x = x;
3087 s = s->prev;
3090 else
3092 while (s)
3094 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3095 s->x = x;
3096 x += s->width;
3097 s = s->next;
3103 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3104 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3105 assumed to be zero. */
3107 static void
3108 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right)
3109 HDC hdc;
3110 struct glyph *glyph;
3111 struct frame *f;
3112 int *left, *right;
3114 int c;
3116 *left = *right = 0;
3118 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
3120 XFontStruct *font;
3121 struct face *face;
3122 wchar_t char2b;
3123 XCharStruct *pcm;
3125 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL);
3126 font = face->font;
3128 if (font
3129 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
3130 glyph->w32_font_type)))
3132 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
3133 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
3134 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
3135 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
3141 static void
3142 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
3143 struct glyph *glyph;
3144 struct frame *f;
3145 int *left, *right;
3147 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3148 /* Convert to unicode! */
3149 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right);
3150 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3154 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3155 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3156 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3158 static int
3159 x_left_overwritten (s)
3160 struct glyph_string *s;
3162 int k;
3164 if (s->left_overhang)
3166 int x = 0, i;
3167 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3168 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3170 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
3171 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3173 k = i + 1;
3175 else
3176 k = -1;
3178 return k;
3182 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3183 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3184 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3186 static int
3187 x_left_overwriting (s)
3188 struct glyph_string *s;
3190 int i, k, x;
3191 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3192 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3194 k = -1;
3195 x = 0;
3196 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
3198 int left, right;
3199 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3200 if (x + right > 0)
3201 k = i;
3202 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3205 return k;
3209 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3210 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3211 no such glyph is found. */
3213 static int
3214 x_right_overwritten (s)
3215 struct glyph_string *s;
3217 int k = -1;
3219 if (s->right_overhang)
3221 int x = 0, i;
3222 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3223 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3224 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3226 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
3227 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3229 k = i;
3232 return k;
3236 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3237 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3238 if no such glyph is found. */
3240 static int
3241 x_right_overwriting (s)
3242 struct glyph_string *s;
3244 int i, k, x;
3245 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3246 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3247 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3249 k = -1;
3250 x = 0;
3251 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
3253 int left, right;
3254 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3255 if (x - left < 0)
3256 k = i;
3257 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3260 return k;
3264 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3266 static INLINE void
3267 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
3268 struct glyph_string *s;
3269 int x, y, w, h;
3271 int real_x = x;
3272 int real_y = y;
3273 int real_w = w;
3274 int real_h = h;
3275 #if 0
3276 /* Take clipping into account. */
3277 if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect)
3279 real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3280 real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3281 real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right
3282 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3283 real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom
3284 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3286 #endif
3287 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y,
3288 real_w, real_h);
3292 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3293 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3294 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3295 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3296 contains the first component of a composition. */
3298 static void
3299 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
3300 struct glyph_string *s;
3301 int force_p;
3303 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3304 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3305 if (!s->background_filled_p)
3307 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3308 if (s->stippled_p)
3310 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3311 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3312 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
3313 s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
3314 s->background_width,
3315 s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
3316 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3317 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3319 else
3320 #endif
3321 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width
3322 || s->font_not_found_p
3323 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3324 || s->font->bdf
3325 || force_p)
3327 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
3328 s->background_width,
3329 s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
3330 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3336 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3338 static void
3339 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3340 struct glyph_string *s;
3342 int i, x;
3343 HFONT old_font;
3345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3346 of S to the right of that box line. */
3347 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3348 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3349 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3350 else
3351 x = s->x;
3353 if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
3354 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3355 else
3356 SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE);
3358 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3359 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3360 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3362 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3363 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3365 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3366 loaded. */
3367 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3369 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3371 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
3373 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
3374 s->height - 1);
3375 x += g->pixel_width;
3378 else
3380 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
3381 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
3383 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
3384 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
3386 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3387 if (!s->two_byte_p)
3388 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3389 char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]);
3391 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3392 W32_TEXTOUT (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3394 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3395 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3398 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3400 static void
3401 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3402 struct glyph_string *s;
3404 int i, x;
3405 HFONT old_font;
3407 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3408 of S to the right of that box line. */
3409 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3410 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3411 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3412 else
3413 x = s->x;
3415 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3416 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3417 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3418 this composition. */
3420 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3421 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3422 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3423 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3425 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3426 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3428 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3429 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3430 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3432 if (s->gidx == 0)
3433 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1,
3434 s->height - 1);
3436 else
3438 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
3439 W32_TEXTOUT (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
3440 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3441 s->char2b + i, 1);
3443 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3444 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3448 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3449 boosted.
3451 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3452 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3453 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3454 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3455 use an additional additive factor.
3457 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3458 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3459 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3462 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3463 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3464 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3465 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3466 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3467 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3469 static int
3470 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
3471 struct frame *f;
3472 COLORREF *color;
3473 double factor;
3474 int delta;
3476 COLORREF new;
3477 long bright;
3479 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3480 delta /= 256;
3482 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3483 xassert (factor >= 0);
3484 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)),
3485 min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)),
3486 min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color)));
3488 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3489 bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color)
3490 + GetBValue (*color)) / 6;
3492 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3493 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3494 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
3495 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3496 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3498 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3499 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
3500 /* The additive adjustment. */
3501 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
3503 if (factor < 1)
3504 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))),
3505 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))),
3506 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color))));
3507 else
3508 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3509 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3510 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3513 if (new == *color)
3514 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3515 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3516 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3518 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3519 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3521 if (new == *color)
3522 return 0;
3524 *color = new;
3526 return 1;
3530 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3531 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3532 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3533 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3534 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3535 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3537 static void
3538 w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
3539 struct frame *f;
3540 struct relief *relief;
3541 double factor;
3542 int delta;
3543 COLORREF default_pixel;
3545 XGCValues xgcv;
3546 struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32;
3547 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
3548 COLORREF pixel;
3549 COLORREF background = di->relief_background;
3550 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
3552 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3554 /* Allocate new color. */
3555 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3556 pixel = background;
3557 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
3559 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3560 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3563 if (relief->gc == 0)
3565 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3566 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
3567 mask |= GCStipple;
3568 #endif
3569 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
3571 else
3572 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3576 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3578 static void
3579 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3580 struct glyph_string *s;
3582 struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32;
3583 COLORREF color;
3585 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3586 color = s->face->box_color;
3587 else
3588 color = s->gc->background;
3590 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3591 || color != di->relief_background)
3593 di->relief_background = color;
3594 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3595 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3596 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3597 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3602 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3603 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3604 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3605 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3606 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3607 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3608 when drawing. */
3610 static void
3611 w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3612 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3613 struct frame *f;
3614 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3615 RECT *clip_rect;
3617 int i;
3618 XGCValues gc;
3619 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3621 if (raised_p)
3622 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3623 else
3624 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3626 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3628 /* Top. */
3629 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3631 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3632 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3633 (right_x + 1 - i * right_p) - (left_x + i * left_p), 1);
3636 /* Left. */
3637 if (left_p)
3638 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3640 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3641 left_x + i, top_y + i, 1,
3642 (bottom_y - i) - (top_y + i));
3645 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3647 if (raised_p)
3648 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3649 else
3650 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3653 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3655 /* Bottom. */
3656 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3658 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3659 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3660 (right_x + 1 - i * right_p) - left_x + i * left_p, 1);
3663 /* Right. */
3664 if (right_p)
3665 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3667 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3668 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1,
3669 (bottom_y - i) - (top_y + i + 1));
3672 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3674 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3678 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3679 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3680 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3681 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3682 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3683 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3685 static void
3686 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3687 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3688 struct glyph_string *s;
3689 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
3690 RECT *clip_rect;
3692 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect);
3694 /* Top. */
3695 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3696 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3698 /* Left. */
3699 if (left_p)
3701 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3702 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3705 /* Bottom. */
3706 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3707 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3709 /* Right. */
3710 if (right_p)
3712 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3713 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3716 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3720 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3722 static void
3723 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3724 struct glyph_string *s;
3726 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3727 int left_p, right_p;
3728 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3729 RECT clip_rect;
3731 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3732 if (s->row->full_width_p
3733 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3735 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f);
3736 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3737 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3740 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3741 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
3742 ? s->first_glyph
3743 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3745 width = s->face->box_line_width;
3746 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3747 left_x = s->x;
3748 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p
3749 ? last_x - 1
3750 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
3751 top_y = s->y;
3752 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3754 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3755 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3756 && (s->prev == NULL
3757 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3758 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3759 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3760 && (s->next == NULL
3761 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3763 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3765 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
3766 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3767 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3768 else
3770 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3771 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3772 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3777 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3779 static void
3780 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3781 struct glyph_string *s;
3783 int x;
3784 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3786 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3787 right of that line. */
3788 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3789 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3790 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3791 else
3792 x = s->x;
3794 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3795 by that margin. */
3796 if (s->img->margin)
3798 x += s->img->margin;
3799 y += s->img->margin;
3802 SaveDC (s->hdc);
3804 if (s->img->pixmap)
3806 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3807 if (s->img->mask)
3809 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3810 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3811 trust on the shape extension to be available
3812 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3813 manually. */
3814 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3815 | GCFunction);
3816 XGCValues xgcv;
3817 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
3819 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3820 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3821 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3822 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3823 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3825 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3826 image_rect.x = x;
3827 image_rect.y = y;
3828 image_rect.width = s->img->width;
3829 image_rect.height = s->img->height;
3830 if (IntersectRect (&r, &clip_rect, &image_rect))
3831 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3832 r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
3834 else
3835 #endif
3837 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3838 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3839 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
3840 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3841 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3843 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3844 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3845 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3846 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3847 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3848 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3849 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3850 #else
3851 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3852 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
3853 #endif
3854 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
3855 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3856 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3857 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
3859 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3860 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3861 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3862 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3863 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3864 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3865 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3866 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
3867 s->img->height - 1);
3868 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3871 else
3872 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1,
3873 s->img->height - 1);
3875 RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1);
3880 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3882 static void
3883 x_draw_image_relief (s)
3884 struct glyph_string *s;
3886 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
3887 RECT r;
3888 int x;
3889 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3891 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3892 right of that line. */
3893 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3894 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3895 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3896 else
3897 x = s->x;
3899 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3900 by that margin. */
3901 if (s->img->margin)
3903 x += s->img->margin;
3904 y += s->img->margin;
3907 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3908 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
3910 thick = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
3911 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
3913 else
3915 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
3916 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
3919 x0 = x - thick;
3920 y0 = y - thick;
3921 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
3922 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
3924 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3925 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3926 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
3930 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3932 static void
3933 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
3934 struct glyph_string *s;
3935 HBITMAP pixmap;
3937 HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3938 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap);
3939 int x;
3940 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3942 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3943 right of that line. */
3944 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3945 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3946 x = s->face->box_line_width;
3947 else
3948 x = 0;
3950 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3951 by that margin. */
3952 if (s->img->margin)
3954 x += s->img->margin;
3955 y += s->img->margin;
3958 if (s->img->pixmap)
3960 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3961 if (s->img->mask)
3963 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3964 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3965 trust on the shape extension to be available
3966 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3967 manually. */
3968 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3969 | GCFunction);
3970 XGCValues xgcv;
3972 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3973 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3974 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3975 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3976 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3978 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
3979 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
3980 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
3982 else
3983 #endif
3985 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
3986 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3987 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
3988 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3990 SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3991 SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background);
3992 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3993 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3994 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3995 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3996 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3997 #else
3998 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3999 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4000 #endif
4001 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
4002 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4003 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4004 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4006 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4007 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4008 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4009 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4010 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4011 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4012 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
4013 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4014 s->img->height - 1);
4017 else
4018 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4019 s->img->height - 1);
4021 SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj);
4022 DeleteDC (hdc);
4026 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4027 give the rectangle to draw. */
4029 static void
4030 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
4031 struct glyph_string *s;
4032 int x, y, w, h;
4034 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4035 if (s->stippled_p)
4037 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4038 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4039 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
4040 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4042 else
4043 #endif
4044 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
4048 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4050 s->y
4051 s->x +-------------------------
4052 | s->face->box
4054 | +-------------------------
4055 | | s->img->margin
4057 | | +-------------------
4058 | | | the image
4062 static void
4063 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
4064 struct glyph_string *s;
4066 int x, y;
4067 int box_line_width = s->face->box_line_width;
4068 int margin = s->img->margin;
4069 int height;
4070 HBITMAP pixmap = 0;
4072 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_width;
4074 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4075 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4076 flickering. */
4077 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4078 if (height > s->img->height
4079 || margin
4080 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4081 || s->img->mask
4082 #endif
4083 || s->img->pixmap == 0
4084 || s->width != s->background_width)
4086 if (box_line_width && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4087 x = s->x + box_line_width;
4088 else
4089 x = s->x;
4091 y = s->y + box_line_width;
4092 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4093 if (s->img->mask)
4095 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string Fill it with
4096 the background color. Copy the image to it, using its
4097 mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4098 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
4099 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
4101 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4102 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
4103 s->background_width,
4104 s->height, depth);
4106 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4107 pixmap. */
4108 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4110 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4111 if (s->stippled_p)
4113 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4114 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4115 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4116 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4117 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4119 else
4121 XGCValues xgcv;
4122 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
4123 &xgcv);
4124 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
4125 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4126 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4127 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
4130 else
4131 #endif
4132 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
4134 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4137 /* Draw the foreground. */
4138 if (pixmap != 0)
4140 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
4141 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4143 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4144 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4145 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
4146 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
4148 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4149 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
4150 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4151 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4152 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4153 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4154 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4155 #else
4156 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4157 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4158 #endif
4159 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
4160 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4161 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4162 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4164 DeleteObject (pixmap);
4165 pixmap = 0;
4167 else
4168 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
4170 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4171 if (s->img->relief
4172 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4173 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4174 x_draw_image_relief (s);
4178 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4180 static void
4181 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
4182 struct glyph_string *s;
4184 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4185 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4187 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
4188 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4190 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4191 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4192 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
4194 /* Draw cursor. */
4195 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
4197 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4198 if (width < s->background_width)
4200 XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc;
4201 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
4202 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
4203 RECT r;
4204 HDC hdc = s->hdc;
4205 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4206 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r);
4208 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4209 if (s->face->stipple)
4211 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4212 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4213 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
4214 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
4216 else
4217 #endif
4219 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h);
4223 else
4224 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
4225 s->height);
4227 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4231 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4233 static void
4234 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
4235 struct glyph_string *s;
4237 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4238 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4239 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4240 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
4242 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
4243 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
4244 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
4245 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
4248 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4249 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
4250 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4252 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
4254 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
4255 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
4256 break;
4258 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
4259 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
4260 break;
4262 case CHAR_GLYPH:
4263 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
4264 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4265 else
4266 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
4267 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4268 break;
4270 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
4271 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
4272 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4273 else
4274 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4275 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4276 break;
4278 default:
4279 abort ();
4282 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
4284 /* Draw underline. */
4285 if (s->face->underline_p
4286 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined))
4288 unsigned long h = 1;
4289 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
4291 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
4293 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4294 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4296 else
4298 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4299 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4303 /* Draw overline. */
4304 if (s->face->overline_p)
4306 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
4308 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
4310 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4311 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4313 else
4315 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4316 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4320 /* Draw strike-through. */
4321 if (s->face->strike_through_p
4322 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut))
4324 unsigned long h = 1;
4325 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
4327 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
4329 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy,
4330 s->width, h);
4332 else
4334 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4335 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4339 /* Draw relief. */
4340 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
4341 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4344 /* Reset clipping. */
4345 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
4349 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
4350 struct face **, int));
4353 /* Load glyph string S with a composition components specified by S->cmp.
4354 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4355 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4356 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4357 use its lines physical height for clipping.
4359 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4361 static int
4362 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p)
4363 struct glyph_string *s;
4364 struct face **faces;
4365 int overlaps_p;
4367 int i;
4369 xassert (s);
4371 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4373 s->face = faces[s->gidx];
4374 s->font = s->face->font;
4375 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4377 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4378 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4379 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4380 ++s->nchars;
4381 for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i)
4382 ++s->nchars;
4384 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4385 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4387 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4389 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4390 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4391 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4392 characters of the glyph string. */
4393 if (s->font == NULL)
4395 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4396 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4399 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4400 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4402 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4404 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4405 s->two_byte_p = 1;
4407 return s->gidx + s->nchars;
4411 /* Load glyph string S with a sequence of characters.
4412 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4413 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4414 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4415 use its lines physical height for clipping.
4417 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4419 static int
4420 x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p)
4421 struct glyph_string *s;
4422 int face_id;
4423 int start, end, overlaps_p;
4425 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4426 int voffset;
4427 int glyph_not_available_p;
4429 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
4430 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
4431 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
4433 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4434 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4435 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4436 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4438 glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p;
4440 while (glyph < last
4441 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4442 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4443 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4444 && glyph->face_id == face_id
4445 && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p)
4447 int two_byte_p;
4449 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
4450 s->char2b + s->nchars,
4451 &two_byte_p);
4452 s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p;
4453 ++s->nchars;
4454 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
4455 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4456 ++glyph;
4459 s->font = s->face->font;
4460 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4462 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4463 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4464 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4465 characters of the glyph string. */
4466 if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p)
4468 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4469 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4472 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4473 s->ybase += voffset;
4475 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4476 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4480 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4482 static void
4483 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
4484 struct glyph_string *s;
4486 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
4487 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id);
4488 xassert (s->img);
4489 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id);
4490 s->font = s->face->font;
4491 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4493 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4494 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4498 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4500 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4501 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4502 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4504 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4506 static int
4507 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end)
4508 struct glyph_string *s;
4509 struct glyph_row *row;
4510 enum glyph_row_area area;
4511 int start, end;
4513 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4514 int voffset, face_id;
4516 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4518 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4519 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4520 face_id = glyph->face_id;
4521 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
4522 s->font = s->face->font;
4523 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4524 s->width = glyph->pixel_width;
4525 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4527 for (++glyph;
4528 (glyph < last
4529 && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4530 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4531 && glyph->face_id == face_id);
4532 ++glyph)
4533 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4535 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4536 s->ybase += voffset;
4538 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4539 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4543 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4544 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4545 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4546 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4547 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4548 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4549 face-override for drawing S. */
4551 static void
4552 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
4553 struct glyph_string *s;
4554 HDC hdc;
4555 wchar_t *char2b;
4556 struct window *w;
4557 struct glyph_row *row;
4558 enum glyph_row_area area;
4559 int start;
4560 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4562 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
4563 s->w = w;
4564 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4565 s->hdc = hdc;
4566 s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f);
4567 s->char2b = char2b;
4568 s->hl = hl;
4569 s->row = row;
4570 s->area = area;
4571 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
4572 s->height = row->height;
4573 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4575 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4576 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
4577 s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
4579 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
4583 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4584 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4585 in the drawing area. */
4587 static INLINE void
4588 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4589 struct glyph_string *s;
4590 int start;
4591 int last_x;
4593 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4594 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4595 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4597 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4598 && s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4599 && ((s->area == TEXT_AREA && s->row->fill_line_p)
4600 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4601 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple))
4602 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4604 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4605 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4606 area. */
4607 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4608 s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1;
4609 else
4610 s->background_width = s->width;
4614 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4615 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4616 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4617 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4618 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4619 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4620 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4622 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4623 do \
4625 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4626 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4627 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4628 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4629 s->x = (X); \
4631 while (0)
4634 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4635 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4636 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4637 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4638 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4639 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4640 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4642 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4643 do \
4645 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4646 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4647 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4648 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4649 ++START; \
4650 s->x = (X); \
4652 while (0)
4655 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4656 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4657 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4658 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4659 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4660 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4661 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4662 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4664 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4665 do \
4667 int c, face_id; \
4668 wchar_t *char2b; \
4670 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4671 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4673 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4674 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4675 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4676 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4677 s->x = (X); \
4678 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4679 OVERLAPS_P); \
4681 while (0)
4684 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4685 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4686 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4687 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4688 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4689 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4690 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4691 x-position of the drawing area. */
4693 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4694 do { \
4695 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4696 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4697 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4698 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4699 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4700 wchar_t *char2b; \
4701 struct face **faces; \
4702 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4703 int n; \
4705 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4706 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4707 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4708 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4709 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4711 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4712 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4713 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4714 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4715 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4718 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4719 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4720 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4722 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4723 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4724 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4725 s->cmp = cmp; \
4726 s->gidx = n; \
4727 s->x = (X); \
4729 if (n == 0) \
4730 first_s = s; \
4732 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4735 ++START; \
4736 s = first_s; \
4737 } while (0)
4740 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4741 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4742 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4743 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4744 x-positions of the drawing area.
4746 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4747 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4748 asynchronously). */
4750 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4751 do \
4753 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4754 while (START < END) \
4756 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4757 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4759 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4760 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4761 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4762 OVERLAPS_P); \
4763 break; \
4765 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4766 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4767 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4768 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4769 break; \
4771 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4772 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4773 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4774 break; \
4776 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4777 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4778 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4779 break; \
4781 default: \
4782 abort (); \
4785 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4786 (X) += s->width; \
4789 while (0)
4792 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4793 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4794 face-override with the following meaning:
4796 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4797 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4798 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4799 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4800 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4801 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4803 If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
4804 position for display. This can be different from START in case
4805 overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null,
4806 return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be
4807 different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.
4809 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4810 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4812 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4814 static int
4815 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end,
4816 overlaps_p)
4817 struct window *w;
4818 int x;
4819 struct glyph_row *row;
4820 enum glyph_row_area area;
4821 int start, end;
4822 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4823 int *real_start, *real_end;
4824 int overlaps_p;
4826 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4827 struct glyph_string *s;
4828 int last_x, area_width;
4829 int x_reached;
4830 int i, j;
4831 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
4833 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4834 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4835 start = max (0, start);
4836 start = min (end, start);
4838 if (real_start)
4839 *real_start = start;
4840 if (real_end)
4841 *real_end = end;
4843 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4844 end of the drawing area. */
4845 if (row->full_width_p)
4847 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4848 or flag areas. */
4849 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4850 /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */
4851 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4853 x += window_left_x;
4854 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4855 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4857 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4859 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4860 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4861 last_x += width;
4862 else
4863 x -= width;
4866 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4867 last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4869 else
4871 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
4872 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4873 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4876 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4877 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4878 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4879 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4880 i = start;
4881 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x,
4882 overlaps_p);
4883 if (tail)
4884 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
4885 else
4886 x_reached = x;
4888 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4889 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4890 strings built above. */
4891 if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
4893 int dummy_x = 0;
4894 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
4896 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4897 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4898 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
4900 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4901 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
4902 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
4903 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
4904 draws over it. */
4905 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
4906 if (i >= 0)
4908 j = i;
4909 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
4910 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
4911 overlaps_p);
4912 start = i;
4913 if (real_start)
4914 *real_start = start;
4915 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
4916 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4919 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4920 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
4921 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
4922 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
4923 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
4924 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
4925 strings exist. */
4926 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
4927 if (i >= 0)
4929 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
4930 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
4931 overlaps_p);
4932 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
4933 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4934 if (real_start)
4935 *real_start = i;
4936 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
4937 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4940 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4941 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
4942 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
4943 over it. */
4944 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
4945 if (i >= 0)
4947 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
4948 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
4949 overlaps_p);
4950 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
4951 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4952 if (real_end)
4953 *real_end = i;
4956 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4957 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
4958 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
4959 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
4960 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
4961 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
4962 if (i >= 0)
4964 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
4965 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
4966 overlaps_p);
4967 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
4968 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4969 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
4970 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4971 if (real_end)
4972 *real_end = i;
4976 /* Draw all strings. */
4977 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4978 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
4980 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
4981 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
4982 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
4983 if (!row->full_width_p)
4985 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
4986 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
4987 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
4988 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
4991 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc);
4993 return x_reached;
4997 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
4999 static void
5000 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area)
5001 struct window *w;
5002 struct glyph_row *row;
5003 enum glyph_row_area area;
5005 int i, x;
5007 BLOCK_INPUT;
5009 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5010 x = 0;
5011 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5012 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5013 else
5014 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5015 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5017 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];)
5019 if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p)
5021 int start = i, start_x = x;
5025 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5026 ++i;
5028 while (i < row->used[area]
5029 && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p);
5031 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i,
5032 (row->inverse_p
5033 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT),
5034 NULL, NULL, 1);
5036 else
5038 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5039 ++i;
5043 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5047 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5048 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5049 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5050 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5051 row being updated. */
5053 static void
5054 x_write_glyphs (start, len)
5055 struct glyph *start;
5056 int len;
5058 int x, hpos, real_start, real_end;
5060 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5061 BLOCK_INPUT;
5063 /* Write glyphs. */
5065 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
5066 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
5067 updated_row, updated_area,
5068 hpos, hpos + len,
5069 (updated_row->inverse_p
5070 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT),
5071 &real_start, &real_end, 0);
5073 /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */
5074 note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start,
5075 real_end - real_start);
5077 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5079 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5080 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5081 output_cursor.x = x;
5085 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5087 static void
5088 x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
5089 struct glyph *start;
5090 register int len;
5092 struct frame *f;
5093 struct window *w;
5094 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
5095 struct glyph_row *row;
5096 struct glyph *glyph;
5097 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end;
5098 HDC hdc;
5100 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5101 BLOCK_INPUT;
5102 w = updated_window;
5103 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5104 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5106 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5107 row = updated_row;
5108 line_height = row->height;
5110 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5111 shift_by_width = 0;
5112 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
5113 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
5115 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5116 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
5117 - output_cursor.x
5118 - shift_by_width);
5120 /* Shift right. */
5121 frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, output_cursor.x);
5122 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
5123 BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y,
5124 shifted_region_width, line_height,
5125 hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY);
5127 /* Write the glyphs. */
5128 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
5129 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
5130 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end, 0);
5131 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start);
5133 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5134 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5135 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
5136 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5138 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5142 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5143 for X frames. */
5145 static void
5146 x_delete_glyphs (n)
5147 register int n;
5149 abort ();
5153 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5154 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5155 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5157 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5158 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5160 static void
5161 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
5162 int to_x;
5164 struct frame *f;
5165 struct window *w = updated_window;
5166 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
5167 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
5169 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5170 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5172 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5174 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5175 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
5176 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
5177 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5179 else
5180 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
5181 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5183 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5184 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5185 if (to_x == 0)
5186 return;
5187 else if (to_x < 0)
5188 to_x = max_x;
5189 else
5190 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
5192 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
5194 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5195 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
5196 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1);
5198 from_x = output_cursor.x;
5200 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5201 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5203 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
5204 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
5206 else
5208 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
5209 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
5212 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5213 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
5214 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
5216 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5217 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
5219 HDC hdc;
5220 BLOCK_INPUT;
5221 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5223 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y);
5224 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5225 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5230 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5231 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5233 static void
5234 x_clear_frame ()
5236 struct frame *f;
5238 if (updating_frame)
5239 f = updating_frame;
5240 else
5241 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5243 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5244 longer visible. */
5245 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
5246 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
5247 output_cursor.x = -1;
5249 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5250 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5251 BLOCK_INPUT;
5253 w32_clear_window (f);
5255 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5256 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5257 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
5259 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5263 /* Make audible bell. */
5265 static void
5266 w32_ring_bell (void)
5268 BLOCK_INPUT;
5270 if (visible_bell)
5272 int i;
5273 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5275 for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
5277 FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE);
5278 Sleep (10);
5280 FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE);
5282 else
5283 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5285 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5289 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5290 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5291 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5292 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5294 static void
5295 w32_set_terminal_window (n)
5296 register int n;
5298 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5303 /***********************************************************************
5304 Line Dance
5305 ***********************************************************************/
5307 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5308 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5310 static void
5311 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
5312 int vpos, n;
5314 abort ();
5318 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5320 static void
5321 x_scroll_run (w, run)
5322 struct window *w;
5323 struct run *run;
5325 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5326 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
5327 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5329 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5330 without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the
5331 left and right of W. */
5332 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
5333 width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
5334 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
5336 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
5337 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
5338 bottom_y = y + height;
5340 if (to_y < from_y)
5342 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5343 line at the bottom. */
5344 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5345 height = bottom_y - from_y;
5346 else
5347 height = run->height;
5349 else
5351 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5352 at the bottom. */
5353 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5354 height = bottom_y - to_y;
5355 else
5356 height = run->height;
5359 BLOCK_INPUT;
5361 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5362 updated_window = w;
5363 x_clear_cursor (w);
5365 BitBlt (hdc, x, to_y, width, height, hdc, x, from_y, SRCCOPY);
5367 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5368 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5373 /***********************************************************************
5374 Exposure Events
5375 ***********************************************************************/
5377 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5378 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5379 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5380 the entire frame. */
5382 static void
5383 expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
5384 struct frame *f;
5385 int x, y, w, h;
5387 RECT r;
5389 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
5391 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5392 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5394 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
5395 return;
5398 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5399 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5400 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5401 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
5402 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
5404 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
5405 return;
5408 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
5410 r.left = r.top = 0;
5411 r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
5412 r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
5414 else
5416 r.left = x;
5417 r.top = y;
5418 r.right = x + w;
5419 r.bottom = y + h;
5422 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5423 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
5425 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
5427 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
5428 RECT window_rect;
5429 RECT intersection_rect;
5430 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
5432 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
5433 window_rect.left = window_x;
5434 window_rect.top = window_y;
5435 window_rect.right = window_x + window_width;
5436 window_rect.bottom = window_y + window_height;
5438 if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect, &r, &window_rect))
5439 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
5444 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5445 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5447 static void
5448 expose_window_tree (w, r)
5449 struct window *w;
5450 RECT *r;
5452 while (w)
5454 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
5455 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
5456 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
5457 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
5458 else
5460 RECT window_rect;
5461 RECT intersection_rect;
5462 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5463 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
5465 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5466 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width,
5467 &window_height);
5468 window_rect.left
5469 = (window_x
5470 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
5471 - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
5472 window_rect.top = window_y;
5473 window_rect.right = window_rect.left
5474 + (window_width
5475 + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
5476 + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f));
5477 window_rect.bottom = window_rect.top
5478 + window_height + CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5480 if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect, r, &window_rect))
5481 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
5484 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
5489 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5490 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5492 static void
5493 expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5494 struct window *w;
5495 struct glyph_row *row;
5496 RECT *r;
5497 enum glyph_row_area area;
5499 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5500 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5501 struct glyph *last;
5502 int first_x, start_x, x;
5504 /* Set x to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5505 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5506 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5507 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5508 x = 0;
5509 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5510 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5511 else
5512 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5513 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5515 if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p)
5516 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5517 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area,
5518 0, row->used[area],
5519 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5520 NULL, NULL, 0);
5521 else
5523 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5524 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5525 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5526 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5527 start_x = 0;
5528 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5529 start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5530 else
5531 start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5532 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5533 x = start_x;
5535 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5536 while (first < end
5537 && x + first->pixel_width < r->left)
5539 x += first->pixel_width;
5540 ++first;
5543 /* Find the last one. */
5544 last = first;
5545 first_x = x;
5546 while (last < end
5547 && x < r->right)
5549 x += last->pixel_width;
5550 ++last;
5553 /* Repaint. */
5554 if (last > first)
5555 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area,
5556 first - row->glyphs[area],
5557 last - row->glyphs[area],
5558 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5559 NULL, NULL, 0);
5564 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5565 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5567 static void
5568 expose_line (w, row, r)
5569 struct window *w;
5570 struct glyph_row *row;
5571 RECT *r;
5573 xassert (row->enabled_p);
5575 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
5576 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
5577 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5578 NULL, NULL, 0);
5579 else
5581 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5582 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5583 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5584 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5585 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5586 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5587 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row);
5592 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5594 static int
5595 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5596 struct window *w;
5597 RECT *r;
5599 RECT cr, result;
5600 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5602 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5603 if (cursor_glyph)
5605 cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x;
5606 cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y;
5607 cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5608 cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height;
5609 return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r);
5611 else
5612 return 0;
5616 /* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window
5617 relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */
5619 static void
5620 expose_window (w, r)
5621 struct window *w;
5622 RECT *r;
5624 struct glyph_row *row;
5625 int y;
5626 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5627 int cursor_cleared_p;
5629 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5630 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5631 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5632 created window. */
5633 if (w->current_matrix == NULL || w == updated_window)
5634 return;
5636 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5637 r->left, r->top, r->right, r->bottom));
5639 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5640 r->left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->left);
5641 r->top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->top);
5642 r->right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->right);
5643 r->bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->bottom);
5645 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5646 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5647 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r))
5649 x_clear_cursor (w);
5650 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5652 else
5653 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5655 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5656 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5657 y = 0;
5658 while (row->enabled_p
5659 && y < yb
5660 && y + row->height < r->top)
5662 y += row->height;
5663 ++row;
5666 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
5667 while (row->enabled_p
5668 && y < yb
5669 && y < r->bottom)
5671 expose_line (w, row, r);
5672 y += row->height;
5673 ++row;
5676 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5677 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5678 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5679 row->enabled_p)
5680 && row->y < r->bottom)
5681 expose_line (w, row, r);
5683 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
5685 /* Draw border between windows. */
5686 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5688 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5689 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5690 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5695 static void
5696 frame_highlight (f)
5697 struct frame *f;
5699 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5702 static void
5703 frame_unhighlight (f)
5704 struct frame *f;
5706 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5709 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5710 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5711 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5712 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5713 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5715 static void
5716 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
5717 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5718 struct frame *frame;
5720 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5722 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5724 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5725 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5726 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame;
5728 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
5729 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
5731 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
5732 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5733 else
5734 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
5737 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
5740 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5742 void
5743 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
5744 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5746 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame);
5749 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5750 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5751 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5753 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5754 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5755 the appropriate X display info. */
5757 static void
5758 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
5759 struct frame *frame;
5761 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
5764 static void
5765 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
5766 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5768 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame;
5770 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5772 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame
5773 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)))
5774 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))
5775 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
5776 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame))
5778 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
5779 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5782 else
5783 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
5785 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
5787 if (old_highlight)
5788 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
5789 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
5790 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame);
5794 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
5796 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5798 char *
5799 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
5800 int keysym;
5802 /* Make static so we can always return it */
5803 static char value[100];
5805 BLOCK_INPUT;
5806 GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100);
5807 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5809 return value;
5814 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
5816 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
5817 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
5818 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
5819 not force the value into range. */
5821 void
5822 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
5823 FRAME_PTR f;
5824 register int pix_x, pix_y;
5825 register int *x, *y;
5826 RECT *bounds;
5827 int noclip;
5829 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
5830 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
5832 *x = pix_x;
5833 *y = pix_y;
5834 return;
5837 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
5838 even for negative values. */
5839 if (pix_x < 0)
5840 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
5841 if (pix_y < 0)
5842 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
5844 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
5845 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
5847 if (bounds)
5849 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
5850 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
5851 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
5852 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
5855 if (!noclip)
5857 if (pix_x < 0)
5858 pix_x = 0;
5859 else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
5860 pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
5862 if (pix_y < 0)
5863 pix_y = 0;
5864 else if (pix_y > f->height)
5865 pix_y = f->height;
5868 *x = pix_x;
5869 *y = pix_y;
5873 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
5874 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
5875 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
5876 return 0. */
5879 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
5880 struct window *w;
5881 int hpos, vpos;
5882 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
5884 int success_p;
5886 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
5887 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
5889 if (display_completed)
5891 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
5892 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
5893 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
5895 *frame_y = row->y;
5896 *frame_x = row->x;
5897 while (glyph < end)
5899 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
5900 ++glyph;
5903 success_p = 1;
5905 else
5907 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
5908 success_p = 0;
5911 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
5912 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
5913 return success_p;
5916 BOOL
5917 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
5918 int message;
5919 int * pbutton;
5920 int * pup;
5922 int button = 0;
5923 int up = 0;
5925 switch (message)
5927 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
5928 button = 0;
5929 up = 0;
5930 break;
5931 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
5932 button = 0;
5933 up = 1;
5934 break;
5935 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
5936 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5937 button = 1;
5938 else
5939 button = 2;
5940 up = 0;
5941 break;
5942 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
5943 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5944 button = 1;
5945 else
5946 button = 2;
5947 up = 1;
5948 break;
5949 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
5950 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5951 button = 2;
5952 else
5953 button = 1;
5954 up = 0;
5955 break;
5956 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
5957 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5958 button = 2;
5959 else
5960 button = 1;
5961 up = 1;
5962 break;
5963 default:
5964 return (FALSE);
5967 if (pup) *pup = up;
5968 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
5970 return (TRUE);
5974 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
5976 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
5977 the mouse. */
5979 static Lisp_Object
5980 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
5981 struct input_event *result;
5982 W32Msg *msg;
5983 struct frame *f;
5985 int button;
5986 int up;
5988 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
5990 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
5991 otherwise. */
5992 result->kind = mouse_click;
5993 result->code = button;
5994 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
5995 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
5996 | (up
5997 ? up_modifier
5998 : down_modifier));
6000 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6001 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6002 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6003 result->arg = Qnil;
6004 return Qnil;
6007 static Lisp_Object
6008 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f)
6009 struct input_event *result;
6010 W32Msg *msg;
6011 struct frame *f;
6013 POINT p;
6014 result->kind = mouse_wheel;
6015 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
6016 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6017 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6018 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6019 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6020 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6021 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6022 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6023 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6024 result->arg = Qnil;
6025 return Qnil;
6028 static Lisp_Object
6029 construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f)
6030 struct input_event *result;
6031 W32Msg *msg;
6032 struct frame *f;
6034 Lisp_Object files;
6035 Lisp_Object frame;
6036 HDROP hdrop;
6037 POINT p;
6038 WORD num_files;
6039 char *name;
6040 int i, len;
6042 result->kind = drag_n_drop;
6043 result->code = 0;
6044 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6045 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6047 hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam;
6048 DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p);
6050 #if 0
6051 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6052 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6053 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6054 #endif
6056 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6057 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6059 num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0);
6060 files = Qnil;
6062 for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
6064 len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0);
6065 if (len <= 0)
6066 continue;
6067 name = alloca (len + 1);
6068 DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1);
6069 files = Fcons (build_string (name), files);
6072 DragFinish (hdrop);
6074 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6075 result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files);
6076 result->arg = Qnil;
6077 return Qnil;
6081 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6082 The input handler calls this.
6084 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6085 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6086 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6087 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6089 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event;
6090 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
6092 static void
6093 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
6094 FRAME_PTR frame;
6095 MSG *msg;
6097 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
6098 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event));
6099 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
6101 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame))
6103 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6104 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6105 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
6108 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6109 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
6110 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
6111 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.top
6112 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
6114 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6115 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6117 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
6121 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
6123 int disable_mouse_highlight;
6127 /************************************************************************
6128 Mouse Face
6129 ************************************************************************/
6131 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6132 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6133 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6134 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6135 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6136 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6137 date. */
6139 static struct glyph *
6140 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area)
6141 struct window *w;
6142 int x, y;
6143 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
6145 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6146 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
6147 int x0, i, left_area_width;
6149 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6150 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6152 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6153 if (!row->enabled_p)
6154 return NULL;
6155 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
6156 break;
6159 *vpos = i;
6160 *hpos = 0;
6162 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6163 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
6164 return NULL;
6166 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6167 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6169 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6170 x0 = 0;
6172 else
6174 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
6175 if (x < left_area_width)
6177 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
6178 x0 = 0;
6180 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
6182 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6183 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
6185 else
6187 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
6188 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
6192 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6193 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
6194 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
6195 while (glyph < end)
6197 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6199 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6200 break;
6201 else if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
6202 break;
6205 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6206 ++glyph;
6209 if (glyph == end)
6210 return NULL;
6212 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
6213 return glyph;
6217 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6218 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6220 static void
6221 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
6222 struct window *w;
6223 int *x, *y;
6225 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6227 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6228 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6229 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6230 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
6231 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6233 else
6235 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
6236 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6241 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or top line of
6242 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6243 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6244 W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
6245 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6247 static void
6248 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
6249 struct window *w;
6250 int x, mode_line_p;
6252 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6253 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6254 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
6255 struct glyph_row *row;
6257 if (mode_line_p)
6258 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6259 else
6260 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6262 if (row->enabled_p)
6264 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6265 Lisp_Object help, map;
6266 int x0;
6268 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6269 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6270 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6271 x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
6272 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
6273 while (glyph < end
6274 && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6276 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6277 ++glyph;
6280 if (glyph < end
6281 && STRINGP (glyph->object)
6282 && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals
6283 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6284 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6286 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6287 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6288 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6289 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6290 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6291 if (!NILP (help))
6293 help_echo = help;
6294 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w);
6295 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6296 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6299 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6300 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6301 Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
6302 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6303 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6307 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6308 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6309 #endif
6313 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6314 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6315 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6316 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6318 static void
6319 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
6320 struct frame *f;
6321 int x, y;
6323 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6324 int portion;
6325 Lisp_Object window;
6326 struct window *w;
6328 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6329 if (popup_activated ())
6330 return;
6332 if (disable_mouse_highlight
6333 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6334 return;
6336 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
6337 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
6338 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
6340 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
6341 return;
6343 if (gc_in_progress)
6345 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
6346 return;
6349 /* Which window is that in? */
6350 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
6352 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6353 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
6354 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6356 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6357 if (!WINDOWP (window))
6358 return;
6360 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6361 w = XWINDOW (window);
6362 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6364 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6365 buffer. */
6366 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6368 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y);
6369 return;
6372 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
6374 /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */
6375 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
6376 return;
6378 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6379 else if (portion == 2)
6380 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6381 f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor);
6382 else
6383 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6384 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
6385 #endif
6387 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6388 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6389 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6390 portion == 0
6391 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
6392 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6393 && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified)
6394 == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))))
6396 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
6397 struct glyph *glyph;
6399 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6400 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area);
6402 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6403 if (glyph == NULL
6404 || area != TEXT_AREA
6405 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
6407 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6408 return;
6411 pos = glyph->charpos;
6412 xassert (w->pseudo_window_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object));
6414 /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */
6416 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
6417 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
6418 int len, noverlays;
6419 struct buffer *obuf;
6420 int obegv, ozv;
6422 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6423 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6424 return;
6426 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6427 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6428 obuf = current_buffer;
6429 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6430 obegv = BEGV;
6431 ozv = ZV;
6432 BEGV = BEG;
6433 ZV = Z;
6435 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6436 XSETINT (position, pos);
6438 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6439 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6440 enough space for all, and try again. */
6441 len = 10;
6442 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6443 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0);
6444 if (noverlays > len)
6446 len = noverlays;
6447 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6448 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0);
6451 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6452 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
6454 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6455 if (! (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6456 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6457 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6458 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6459 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6460 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6461 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6462 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)))
6464 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6465 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6467 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
6468 overlay = Qnil;
6469 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0; --i)
6471 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
6472 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
6474 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6475 break;
6479 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6480 if (NILP (overlay))
6481 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
6483 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6484 if (! NILP (overlay))
6486 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6487 should be active. */
6488 Lisp_Object before, after;
6489 int ignore;
6491 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6492 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6493 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6494 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6495 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6496 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6497 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6498 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
6499 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6500 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6501 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6502 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6503 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6504 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
6505 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6506 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6507 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6508 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6510 /* Display it as active. */
6511 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6513 /* Handle the text property case. */
6514 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
6516 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6517 should be active. */
6518 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6519 int ignore;
6521 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6522 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6523 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
6524 before
6525 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6526 Qmouse_face,
6527 w->buffer, beginning);
6528 after
6529 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6530 w->buffer, end);
6531 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6532 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6533 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6534 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6535 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6536 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
6537 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6538 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6539 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6540 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6541 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6542 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
6543 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6544 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6545 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6546 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6548 /* Display it as active. */
6549 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6553 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6555 Lisp_Object help, overlay;
6557 /* Check overlays first. */
6558 help = Qnil;
6559 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i)
6561 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6562 help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo);
6565 if (!NILP (help))
6567 help_echo = help;
6568 help_echo_window = window;
6569 help_echo_object = overlay;
6570 help_echo_pos = pos;
6572 else
6574 /* Try text properties. */
6575 if ((STRINGP (glyph->object)
6576 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6577 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6578 || (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
6579 && glyph->charpos >= BEGV
6580 && glyph->charpos < ZV))
6581 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6582 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6584 if (!NILP (help))
6586 help_echo = help;
6587 help_echo_window = window;
6588 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6589 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6594 BEGV = obegv;
6595 ZV = ozv;
6596 current_buffer = obuf;
6601 static void
6602 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6604 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
6605 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
6606 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
6607 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam),
6608 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam));
6613 /***********************************************************************
6614 Tool-bars
6615 ***********************************************************************/
6617 static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
6618 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
6620 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6621 or -1. */
6623 static int last_tool_bar_item;
6626 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6627 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
6628 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
6629 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
6630 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
6632 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
6633 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
6634 1 otherwise. */
6636 static int
6637 x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
6638 struct frame *f;
6639 int x, y;
6640 struct glyph **glyph;
6641 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
6643 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6644 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6645 int area;
6647 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6648 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area);
6649 if (*glyph == NULL)
6650 return -1;
6652 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
6653 f->tool_bar_items. */
6654 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
6655 return -1;
6657 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
6658 if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6659 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6660 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6661 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6662 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6663 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6664 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6665 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
6666 return 0;
6668 return 1;
6672 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
6673 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
6674 or ButtonRelase. */
6676 static void
6677 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
6678 struct frame *f;
6679 struct input_event *button_event;
6681 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6682 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6683 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
6684 struct glyph *glyph;
6685 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
6686 int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x);
6687 int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y);
6689 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
6690 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6691 if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
6692 return;
6694 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
6695 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
6696 if (NILP (enabled_p))
6697 return;
6699 if (button_event->kind == mouse_click)
6701 /* Show item in pressed state. */
6702 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
6703 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
6704 last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx;
6706 else
6708 Lisp_Object key, frame;
6709 struct input_event event;
6711 /* Show item in released state. */
6712 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
6713 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6715 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY);
6717 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6718 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
6719 event.frame_or_window = frame;
6720 event.arg = frame;
6721 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
6723 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
6724 event.frame_or_window = frame;
6725 event.arg = key;
6726 event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers;
6727 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
6728 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
6733 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
6734 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
6735 note_mouse_highlight. */
6737 static void
6738 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y)
6739 struct frame *f;
6740 int x, y;
6742 Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window;
6743 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6744 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6745 int hpos, vpos;
6746 struct glyph *glyph;
6747 struct glyph_row *row;
6748 int i;
6749 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
6750 int prop_idx;
6751 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6752 int mouse_down_p, rc;
6754 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
6755 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
6756 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
6758 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6759 return;
6762 rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
6763 if (rc < 0)
6765 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
6766 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6767 return;
6769 else if (rc == 0)
6770 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
6771 goto set_help_echo;
6773 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6775 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
6776 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
6777 && f == last_mouse_frame
6778 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
6779 if (mouse_down_p
6780 && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx)
6781 return;
6783 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
6784 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6786 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
6787 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
6788 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
6790 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
6791 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
6792 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6793 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
6794 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
6796 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6797 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
6798 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
6799 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
6800 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
6801 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6803 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
6804 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
6805 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
6806 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
6807 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6808 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID;
6810 /* Display it as active. */
6811 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
6812 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
6815 set_help_echo:
6817 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
6818 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
6819 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
6820 help_echo_pos = -1;
6821 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP);
6822 if (NILP (help_echo))
6823 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION);
6828 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
6829 *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
6830 current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start
6831 return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of
6832 last line in W. */
6834 static int
6835 fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y)
6836 struct window *w;
6837 int pos;
6838 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
6840 int i;
6841 int lastcol;
6842 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
6843 int line_start_position;
6844 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
6845 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0);
6846 struct glyph_row *best_row = row;
6847 int row_vpos = 0, best_row_vpos = 0;
6848 int current_x;
6850 while (row->y < yb)
6852 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6853 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
6854 else
6855 line_start_position = 0;
6857 if (line_start_position > pos)
6858 break;
6859 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
6860 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
6861 else if (line_start_position == pos
6862 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6864 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
6865 break;
6867 else if (line_start_position > 0)
6869 best_row = row;
6870 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
6873 if (row->y + row->height >= yb)
6874 break;
6876 ++row;
6877 ++row_vpos;
6880 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
6881 lastcol = 0;
6882 current_x = best_row->x;
6883 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
6885 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
6886 int charpos;
6888 charpos = glyph->charpos;
6889 if (charpos == pos)
6891 *hpos = i;
6892 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
6893 *x = current_x;
6894 *y = best_row->y;
6895 return 1;
6897 else if (charpos > pos)
6898 break;
6899 else if (charpos > 0)
6900 lastcol = i;
6902 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
6905 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
6906 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
6907 use the start of the following line. */
6908 if (maybe_next_line_p)
6910 ++best_row;
6911 ++best_row_vpos;
6912 lastcol = 0;
6913 current_x = best_row->x;
6916 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
6917 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
6918 *x = current_x;
6919 *y = best_row->y;
6920 return 0;
6924 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
6925 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
6927 static void
6928 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
6929 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
6930 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
6932 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
6933 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6934 int i;
6935 int cursor_off_p = 0;
6936 struct cursor_pos saved_cursor;
6938 saved_cursor = output_cursor;
6940 /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
6941 to do anything. */
6942 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
6943 goto set_x_cursor;
6945 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
6946 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
6947 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
6948 goto set_x_cursor;
6950 set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor);
6952 /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */
6953 for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row;
6954 i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row;
6955 i++)
6957 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
6958 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6960 /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */
6961 if (!row->enabled_p)
6962 continue;
6964 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
6965 if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row)
6967 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
6968 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
6970 else
6972 start_hpos = 0;
6973 start_x = 0;
6976 if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row)
6977 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
6978 else
6979 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6981 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
6982 cursor off. */
6983 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
6984 && i == output_cursor.vpos
6985 && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1
6986 && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos)
6988 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
6989 cursor_off_p = 1;
6992 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
6994 row->mouse_face_p = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
6995 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA,
6996 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL, 0);
7000 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
7001 if (cursor_off_p)
7002 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
7003 output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos,
7004 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
7006 output_cursor = saved_cursor;
7008 set_x_cursor:
7009 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
7010 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7011 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
7012 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7013 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
7014 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
7015 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7016 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
7017 else
7018 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7019 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
7020 #endif
7024 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7025 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7027 void
7028 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
7029 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7031 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
7032 return;
7034 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7035 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
7037 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7038 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7039 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7043 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7044 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7045 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7047 static void
7048 x_clear_mouse_face (w)
7049 struct window *w;
7051 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
7052 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
7053 Lisp_Object window;
7055 BLOCK_INPUT;
7056 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
7057 if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7058 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7059 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7063 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7064 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7066 void
7067 cancel_mouse_face (f)
7068 FRAME_PTR f;
7070 Lisp_Object window;
7071 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7073 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
7074 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
7076 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7077 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7078 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7082 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7083 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7085 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7086 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7088 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7089 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7090 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7091 position on the scroll bar.
7093 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7094 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7095 the mouse is over.
7097 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7098 was at this position.
7100 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7102 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7103 movement. */
7105 static void
7106 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7107 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7108 int insist;
7109 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7110 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7111 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7112 unsigned long *time;
7114 FRAME_PTR f1;
7116 BLOCK_INPUT;
7118 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
7119 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
7120 else
7122 POINT pt;
7124 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7126 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7127 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7128 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
7130 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7132 GetCursorPos (&pt);
7134 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7135 containing the pointer. */
7137 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
7138 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
7140 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7141 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7142 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
7144 else
7146 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7147 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp),
7148 WindowFromPoint (pt));
7151 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7152 if (! f1)
7154 struct scroll_bar *bar
7155 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt));
7157 if (bar)
7159 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7163 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
7164 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7166 if (f1)
7168 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7169 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7170 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7171 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7172 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7173 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7174 the frame are divided into. */
7176 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7177 int ignore1, ignore2;
7179 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7181 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
7182 &last_mouse_glyph,
7183 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
7184 || insist);
7185 #else
7186 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7188 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
7189 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
7190 int x = pt.x;
7191 int y = pt.y;
7193 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7194 round down even for negative values. */
7195 if (x < 0)
7196 x -= width - 1;
7197 if (y < 0)
7198 y -= height - 1;
7200 last_mouse_glyph.left = (x + width - 1) / width * width;
7201 last_mouse_glyph.top = (y + height - 1) / height * height;
7202 last_mouse_glyph.right = last_mouse_glyph.left + width;
7203 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = last_mouse_glyph.top + height;
7205 #endif
7207 *bar_window = Qnil;
7208 *part = 0;
7209 *fp = f1;
7210 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
7211 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
7212 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7217 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7221 /* Scroll bar support. */
7223 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7224 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7225 bits. */
7227 static struct scroll_bar *
7228 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
7229 Window window_id;
7231 Lisp_Object tail;
7233 for (tail = Vframe_list;
7234 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
7235 tail = XCDR (tail))
7237 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
7239 frame = XCAR (tail);
7240 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7241 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
7242 abort ();
7244 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7245 right window ID. */
7246 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7247 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7248 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7249 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7250 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
7251 condemned = Qnil,
7252 ! GC_NILP (bar));
7253 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7254 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
7255 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7258 return 0;
7263 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7264 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7266 static void
7267 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7268 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7269 int portion, position, whole;
7271 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7272 int range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7273 int sb_page, sb_pos;
7274 BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE;
7276 if (whole)
7278 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7279 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7280 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7281 if (position + portion >= whole)
7283 sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole
7284 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7285 sb_pos = range;
7288 sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7289 sb_pos = position * range / whole;
7291 else
7293 sb_page = range;
7294 sb_pos = 0;
7297 BLOCK_INPUT;
7299 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7301 SCROLLINFO si;
7303 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7304 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7305 flicker effects. */
7306 if (draggingp)
7307 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
7308 else
7309 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7310 si.nPage = sb_page;
7311 si.nPos = sb_pos;
7313 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp);
7315 else
7316 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp);
7318 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7322 /************************************************************************
7323 Scroll bars, general
7324 ************************************************************************/
7326 HWND
7327 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
7328 struct frame * f;
7329 struct scroll_bar * bar;
7331 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7332 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
7333 (LPARAM) bar);
7336 //#define ATTACH_THREADS
7338 BOOL
7339 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how)
7341 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7342 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW,
7343 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how);
7344 #else
7345 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how);
7346 #endif
7349 void
7350 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
7351 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags)
7353 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7354 WINDOWPOS pos;
7355 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter;
7356 pos.x = x;
7357 pos.y = y;
7358 pos.cx = cx;
7359 pos.cy = cy;
7360 pos.flags = flags;
7361 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
7362 #else
7363 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
7364 #endif
7367 void
7368 my_set_focus (f, hwnd)
7369 struct frame * f;
7370 HWND hwnd;
7372 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS,
7373 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7376 void
7377 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd)
7378 HWND hwnd;
7380 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7383 void
7384 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
7385 struct frame * f;
7386 HWND hwnd;
7388 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
7389 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7392 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7393 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7394 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7395 scroll bar. */
7397 static struct scroll_bar *
7398 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
7399 struct window *w;
7400 int top, left, width, height;
7402 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7403 HWND hwnd;
7404 struct scroll_bar *bar
7405 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
7407 BLOCK_INPUT;
7409 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
7410 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
7411 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
7412 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
7413 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
7414 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
7415 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
7416 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7418 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
7420 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
7422 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7424 SCROLLINFO si;
7426 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7427 si.fMask = SIF_ALL;
7428 si.nMin = 0;
7429 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
7430 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7431 si.nPage = si.nMax;
7432 si.nPos = 0;
7434 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
7436 else
7438 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
7439 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
7440 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE);
7443 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
7445 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
7446 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
7447 bar->prev = Qnil;
7448 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
7449 if (! NILP (bar->next))
7450 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
7452 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7454 return bar;
7458 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
7459 nil. */
7461 static void
7462 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
7463 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7465 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7467 BLOCK_INPUT;
7469 /* Destroy the window. */
7470 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar));
7472 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
7473 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7475 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7478 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
7479 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
7480 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
7481 create one. */
7482 static void
7483 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
7484 struct window *w;
7485 int portion, whole, position;
7487 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7488 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7489 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
7490 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
7492 /* Get window dimensions. */
7493 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
7494 top = window_y;
7495 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7496 height = window_height;
7498 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
7499 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
7500 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
7501 else
7502 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
7503 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7504 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
7506 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
7507 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
7508 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
7509 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
7510 else
7511 sb_width = width;
7513 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
7514 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
7515 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
7516 else
7517 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
7519 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
7520 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
7522 HDC hdc;
7523 BLOCK_INPUT;
7524 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
7525 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height);
7526 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
7527 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7529 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
7531 else
7533 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
7534 HWND hwnd;
7536 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
7537 hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7539 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
7540 if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
7541 && XINT (bar->top) == top
7542 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
7543 && XINT (bar->height) == height )
7545 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
7546 if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL))
7547 InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
7549 else
7551 HDC hdc;
7552 BLOCK_INPUT;
7554 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
7555 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
7556 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
7557 w32_clear_area (f, hdc,
7558 left,
7559 top,
7560 width,
7561 height);
7562 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
7564 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
7565 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
7566 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE);
7567 MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left, top,
7568 sb_width, height, TRUE);
7569 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7571 SCROLLINFO si;
7573 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7574 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
7575 si.nMin = 0;
7576 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
7577 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7579 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
7581 else
7582 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
7583 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
7584 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL);
7585 // InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE);
7587 /* Remember new settings. */
7588 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
7589 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
7590 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
7591 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
7593 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7596 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
7598 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
7602 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
7603 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
7604 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
7605 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
7606 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
7607 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
7608 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
7610 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
7611 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
7612 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
7614 static void
7615 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
7616 FRAME_PTR frame;
7618 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
7619 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
7621 Lisp_Object bar;
7622 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
7623 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
7624 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
7625 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
7626 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
7627 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
7628 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
7632 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
7633 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
7634 static void
7635 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
7636 struct window *window;
7638 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7640 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
7641 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
7642 abort ();
7644 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
7646 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
7648 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
7650 if (NILP (bar->prev))
7652 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
7653 the lists. */
7654 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
7655 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
7656 return;
7657 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
7658 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
7659 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
7660 else
7661 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
7662 one or the other! */
7663 abort ();
7665 else
7666 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
7668 if (! NILP (bar->next))
7669 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
7671 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
7672 bar->prev = Qnil;
7673 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
7674 if (! NILP (bar->next))
7675 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
7679 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
7680 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
7682 static void
7683 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
7684 FRAME_PTR f;
7686 Lisp_Object bar, next;
7688 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
7690 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
7691 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
7692 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
7694 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
7696 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7698 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
7700 next = b->next;
7701 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
7704 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
7705 and they should get garbage-collected. */
7708 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
7709 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
7711 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7712 mark bits. */
7714 static int
7715 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
7716 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7717 W32Msg *msg;
7718 struct input_event *emacs_event;
7720 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
7721 abort ();
7723 emacs_event->kind = w32_scroll_bar_click;
7724 emacs_event->code = 0;
7725 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
7726 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
7727 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
7728 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
7729 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
7732 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7733 int y;
7734 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging);
7736 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
7738 SCROLLINFO si;
7740 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7741 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
7743 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si);
7744 y = si.nPos;
7746 else
7747 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
7749 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7752 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam;
7754 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
7756 case SB_LINEDOWN:
7757 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
7758 break;
7759 case SB_LINEUP:
7760 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
7761 break;
7762 case SB_PAGEUP:
7763 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
7764 break;
7765 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
7766 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
7767 break;
7768 case SB_TOP:
7769 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7770 y = 0;
7771 break;
7772 case SB_BOTTOM:
7773 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7774 y = top_range;
7775 break;
7776 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
7777 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
7778 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
7779 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
7780 bar->dragging = Qt;
7781 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7783 /* "Silently" update current position. */
7784 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7786 SCROLLINFO si;
7788 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7789 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
7790 si.nPos = y;
7791 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
7792 position, so don't set that directly. */
7793 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y;
7795 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
7797 else
7798 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE);
7799 break;
7800 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
7801 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
7802 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
7803 nothing. */
7804 if (dragging)
7806 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7808 SCROLLINFO si;
7809 int start = XINT (bar->start);
7810 int end = XINT (bar->end);
7812 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7813 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7814 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7815 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
7816 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
7818 else
7819 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
7821 /* fall through */
7822 default:
7823 emacs_event->kind = no_event;
7824 return FALSE;
7827 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
7828 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
7830 return TRUE;
7834 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7835 on the scroll bar. */
7837 static void
7838 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7839 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7840 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7841 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7842 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7843 unsigned long *time;
7845 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
7846 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7847 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7848 int pos;
7849 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7851 BLOCK_INPUT;
7853 *fp = f;
7854 *bar_window = bar->window;
7856 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
7858 SCROLLINFO si;
7860 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7861 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE;
7863 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si);
7864 pos = si.nPos;
7865 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1;
7867 else
7868 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
7870 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
7872 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
7873 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
7874 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
7875 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
7876 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
7877 break;
7878 case SB_LINEDOWN:
7879 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
7880 pos++;
7881 break;
7882 default:
7883 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
7884 break;
7887 XSETINT (*x, pos);
7888 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
7890 f->mouse_moved = 0;
7891 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7893 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7895 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7899 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7900 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7901 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7902 redraw them. */
7904 void
7905 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
7906 FRAME_PTR f;
7908 Lisp_Object bar;
7910 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7911 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7912 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7913 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
7914 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
7915 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7917 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
7918 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
7919 RECT rect;
7921 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
7922 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
7923 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE);
7925 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
7926 select_palette (f, hdc);
7927 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
7928 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
7930 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
7934 show_scroll_bars (f, how)
7935 FRAME_PTR f;
7936 int how;
7938 Lisp_Object bar;
7940 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
7941 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7943 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
7944 my_show_window (f, window, how);
7949 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
7951 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
7952 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
7953 sometimes don't work. */
7955 static Time enter_timestamp;
7957 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7958 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7960 static int temp_index;
7961 static short temp_buffer[100];
7964 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
7965 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7966 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7968 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
7969 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
7970 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7971 thus pretending to be `read'.
7973 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
7975 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
7976 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
7977 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
7978 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
7979 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
7980 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
7981 recursively with different messages by the system.
7985 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
7986 register int sd;
7987 /* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
7988 /* register */ int numchars;
7989 int expected;
7991 int count = 0;
7992 int check_visibility = 0;
7993 W32Msg msg;
7994 struct frame *f;
7995 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
7997 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
7999 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
8000 return -1;
8003 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
8004 BLOCK_INPUT;
8006 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8007 input_signal_count++;
8009 if (numchars <= 0)
8010 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8012 /* TODO: tooltips, tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8013 cursors. */
8014 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
8016 switch (msg.msg.message)
8018 case WM_PAINT:
8019 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8021 if (f)
8023 if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left ||
8024 msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top)
8026 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8027 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8028 DebPrint (("clipped frame %04x (%s) got WM_PAINT\n", f,
8029 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8031 else if (f->async_visible != 1)
8033 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8034 f->async_visible = 1;
8035 f->async_iconified = 0;
8036 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8037 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f,
8038 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8040 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8041 visibility changes properly. */
8042 if (f->iconified)
8044 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
8045 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8046 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8047 bufp++;
8048 count++;
8049 numchars--;
8051 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8052 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8053 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8054 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8055 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8057 else
8059 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8061 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8062 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect);
8063 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8064 expose_frame (f,
8065 msg.rect.left,
8066 msg.rect.top,
8067 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left,
8068 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top);
8071 break;
8073 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
8074 /* Generate a language change event. */
8075 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8077 if (f)
8079 if (numchars == 0)
8080 abort ();
8082 bufp->kind = language_change_event;
8083 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8084 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8085 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8086 bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff;
8087 bufp++;
8088 count++;
8089 numchars--;
8091 break;
8093 case WM_KEYDOWN:
8094 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
8095 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8097 if (f && !f->iconified)
8099 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8100 temp_index = 0;
8101 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8102 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
8103 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8104 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8105 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8106 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8107 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8108 bufp++;
8109 numchars--;
8110 count++;
8112 break;
8114 case WM_SYSCHAR:
8115 case WM_CHAR:
8116 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8118 if (f && !f->iconified)
8120 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8121 temp_index = 0;
8122 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8123 bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
8124 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8125 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8126 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8127 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8128 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8129 bufp++;
8130 numchars--;
8131 count++;
8133 break;
8135 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
8136 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
8137 help_echo = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
8138 help_echo_pos = -1;
8140 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8141 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8142 f = last_mouse_frame;
8143 else
8144 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8146 if (f)
8147 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
8148 else
8150 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8151 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8152 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
8155 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8156 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8157 if (!NILP (help_echo)
8158 || !NILP (previous_help_echo))
8160 Lisp_Object frame;
8161 int n;
8163 if (f)
8164 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8165 else
8166 frame = Qnil;
8168 any_help_event_p = 1;
8169 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame,
8170 help_echo_window, help_echo_object,
8171 help_echo_pos);
8172 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
8174 break;
8176 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
8177 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
8178 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
8179 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
8180 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
8181 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
8183 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8184 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8185 struct input_event emacs_event;
8186 int tool_bar_p = 0;
8187 int button;
8188 int up;
8190 emacs_event.kind = no_event;
8192 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8193 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8194 f = last_mouse_frame;
8195 else
8196 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8198 if (f)
8200 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f);
8202 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8203 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8204 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height))
8206 Lisp_Object window;
8207 int p, x, y;
8209 /* Set x and y. */
8210 window = window_from_coordinates (f,
8211 emacs_event.x,
8212 emacs_event.y,
8213 &p, 1);
8214 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
8216 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event);
8217 tool_bar_p = 1;
8221 if (!tool_bar_p)
8222 if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8223 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8224 && (numchars >= 1))
8226 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
8227 bufp++;
8228 count++;
8229 numchars--;
8233 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
8235 if (up)
8237 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
8239 else
8241 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
8242 last_mouse_frame = f;
8243 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8244 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8245 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8246 the ButtonPress. */
8247 if (f != 0)
8248 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8250 if (!tool_bar_p)
8251 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8253 break;
8256 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
8257 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8258 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8259 f = last_mouse_frame;
8260 else
8261 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8263 if (f)
8265 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8266 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8267 && (numchars >= 1))
8269 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8270 bufp++;
8271 count++;
8272 numchars--;
8275 break;
8277 case WM_MENUSELECT:
8279 HMENU menu = (HMENU) msg.msg.lParam;
8280 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (msg.msg.wParam);
8281 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam);
8283 w32_menu_display_help (menu, menu_item, flags);
8285 break;
8287 case WM_DROPFILES:
8288 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8290 if (f)
8292 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f);
8293 bufp++;
8294 count++;
8295 numchars--;
8297 break;
8299 case WM_VSCROLL:
8301 struct scroll_bar *bar =
8302 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
8304 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
8306 if (x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
8308 bufp++;
8309 count++;
8310 numchars--;
8313 break;
8316 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
8317 case WM_ACTIVATE:
8318 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
8319 check_visibility = 1;
8320 break;
8322 case WM_MOVE:
8323 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8325 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
8327 int x, y;
8329 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8330 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8331 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8334 check_visibility = 1;
8335 break;
8337 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
8338 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
8339 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
8340 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
8341 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
8342 #if 0
8343 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0)
8344 check_visibility = 1;
8345 else
8347 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8348 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam;
8350 #endif
8352 check_visibility = 1;
8353 break;
8355 case WM_SIZE:
8356 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8358 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
8359 if (f)
8361 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
8363 case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
8364 f->async_visible = 0;
8365 f->async_iconified = 1;
8367 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
8368 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8369 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8370 bufp++;
8371 count++;
8372 numchars--;
8373 break;
8375 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
8376 case SIZE_RESTORED:
8377 f->async_visible = 1;
8378 f->async_iconified = 0;
8380 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
8381 the frame's display structures. */
8382 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8384 if (f->iconified)
8386 int x, y;
8388 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
8389 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
8390 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
8391 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
8392 as the co-ords. */
8393 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8394 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8395 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8397 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
8398 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8399 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8400 bufp++;
8401 count++;
8402 numchars--;
8404 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8405 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8406 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
8407 to update the frame titles
8408 in case this is the second frame. */
8409 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8410 break;
8414 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
8416 RECT rect;
8417 int rows;
8418 int columns;
8419 int width;
8420 int height;
8422 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
8424 height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
8425 width = rect.right - rect.left;
8427 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
8428 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
8430 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
8432 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8433 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8434 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8436 if (columns != f->width
8437 || rows != f->height
8438 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width
8439 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height)
8441 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
8442 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8443 cancel_mouse_face (f);
8444 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width;
8445 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height;
8446 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
8450 check_visibility = 1;
8451 break;
8453 case WM_SETFOCUS:
8454 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8456 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f;
8458 if (f)
8459 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
8462 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
8463 check_visibility = 1;
8464 break;
8466 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
8467 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
8468 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8470 if (f)
8472 Lisp_Object frame;
8474 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
8475 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
8477 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8478 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
8480 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
8482 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8483 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8484 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8485 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
8488 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8489 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8490 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8491 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8492 if (any_help_event_p)
8494 int n;
8496 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8497 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, Qnil, frame,
8498 Qnil, Qnil, 0);
8499 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n;
8503 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
8504 check_visibility = 1;
8505 break;
8507 case WM_CLOSE:
8508 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8510 if (f)
8512 if (numchars == 0)
8513 abort ();
8515 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
8516 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8517 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8518 bufp++;
8519 count++;
8520 numchars--;
8522 break;
8524 case WM_INITMENU:
8525 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8527 if (f)
8529 if (numchars == 0)
8530 abort ();
8532 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event;
8533 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8534 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8535 bufp++;
8536 count++;
8537 numchars--;
8539 break;
8541 case WM_COMMAND:
8542 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8544 if (f)
8546 extern void menubar_selection_callback
8547 (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data);
8548 menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam);
8551 check_visibility = 1;
8552 break;
8554 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
8555 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8557 if (f)
8559 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8560 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8561 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam;
8562 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width,
8563 dpyinfo->height));
8566 check_visibility = 1;
8567 break;
8569 default:
8570 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
8571 if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel)
8573 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8574 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8575 f = last_mouse_frame;
8576 else
8577 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8579 if (f)
8581 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8582 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8583 && (numchars >= 1))
8585 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8586 bufp++;
8587 count++;
8588 numchars--;
8592 break;
8596 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
8597 raise it now. */
8598 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
8599 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
8601 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
8602 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
8605 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
8606 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
8607 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
8608 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
8609 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
8610 if (count > 0 || check_visibility)
8612 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8614 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8616 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame);
8617 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
8618 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
8619 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
8620 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible)
8622 RECT clipbox;
8623 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8624 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox);
8625 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8627 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left
8628 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top)
8630 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
8631 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
8632 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
8633 will skip it). */
8634 f->async_visible = 2;
8636 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8638 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) obscured\n", f,
8639 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8642 else
8644 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
8645 f->async_visible = 1;
8647 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8649 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8650 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f,
8651 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8653 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
8654 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8661 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8662 return count;
8668 /***********************************************************************
8669 Text Cursor
8670 ***********************************************************************/
8672 /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
8673 drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
8674 line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the
8675 line after HPOS has been written. */
8677 static void
8678 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n)
8679 struct window *w;
8680 int hpos, n;
8682 if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA
8683 && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos
8684 && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos
8685 && (n < 0
8686 || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos))
8687 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
8691 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8692 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8693 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
8694 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
8696 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8697 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8698 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8700 static void
8701 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p)
8702 struct window *w;
8703 struct glyph_row *row;
8704 HDC hdc;
8705 int whole_line_p;
8707 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8708 RECT clip_rect;
8709 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
8711 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
8713 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
8714 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
8715 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
8716 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
8717 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
8719 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
8720 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
8721 if (whole_line_p)
8723 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
8724 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
8727 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect);
8731 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8733 static void
8734 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
8735 struct window *w;
8736 struct glyph_row *row;
8738 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8739 HDC hdc;
8740 RECT rect;
8741 int wd;
8742 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
8743 HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
8745 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
8746 coordinates. */
8747 rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
8748 rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
8749 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
8750 rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height - 1;
8752 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8753 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8754 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
8755 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
8756 return;
8758 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
8759 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
8760 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
8761 width instead. */
8762 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1;
8763 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
8764 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
8765 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
8767 rect.right = rect.left + wd;
8768 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8769 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
8770 DeleteObject (hb);
8772 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8776 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8778 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8779 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8780 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8781 --gerd. */
8783 static void
8784 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width)
8785 struct window *w;
8786 struct glyph_row *row;
8787 int width;
8789 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
8790 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
8791 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
8792 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
8794 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8795 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
8796 int x;
8797 HDC hdc;
8799 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
8800 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
8801 return;
8803 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8804 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8805 the bar might not be in the window. */
8806 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
8808 struct glyph_row *row;
8809 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
8810 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
8812 else
8815 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
8817 if (width < 0)
8818 width = f->output_data.w32->cursor_width;
8820 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8821 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel,
8823 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
8824 min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width),
8825 row->height);
8826 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8832 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
8833 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
8834 is is about to be rewritten. */
8836 static void
8837 x_clear_cursor (w)
8838 struct window *w;
8840 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
8841 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
8845 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
8846 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
8848 static void
8849 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
8850 struct window *w;
8851 struct glyph_row *row;
8852 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
8854 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
8855 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
8856 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
8857 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
8859 x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
8860 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1,
8861 hl, 0, 0, 0);
8863 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
8864 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
8865 are redrawn. */
8866 if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p)
8868 if (row > w->current_matrix->rows
8869 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1))
8870 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA);
8872 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w)
8873 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1))
8874 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA);
8880 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
8882 static void
8883 x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
8884 struct window *w;
8886 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8887 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
8888 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
8889 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
8890 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
8891 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
8892 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
8893 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
8894 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
8896 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
8897 screen. */
8898 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
8899 goto mark_cursor_off;
8901 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
8902 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
8903 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
8904 goto mark_cursor_off;
8906 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
8907 can do. */
8908 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
8909 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
8910 goto mark_cursor_off;
8912 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
8913 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
8914 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
8915 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
8916 cursor glyph at hand. */
8917 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
8918 goto mark_cursor_off;
8920 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
8921 we clear the cursor. */
8922 if (w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
8923 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
8924 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
8925 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
8926 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
8927 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
8928 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
8929 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
8930 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
8931 mouse highlighting does not. */
8932 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
8933 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
8935 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
8936 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
8938 int x;
8939 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8940 HDC hdc;
8942 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
8943 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
8944 goto mark_cursor_off;
8946 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
8948 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8949 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x,
8950 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
8951 cursor_row->y)),
8952 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
8953 cursor_row->visible_height);
8954 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8957 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
8958 if (mouse_face_here_p)
8959 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
8960 else if (cursor_row->inverse_p)
8961 hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO;
8962 else
8963 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
8964 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
8966 mark_cursor_off:
8967 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
8968 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
8972 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
8973 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
8974 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
8976 void
8977 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
8978 struct window *w;
8979 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
8981 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8982 int new_cursor_type;
8983 int new_cursor_width;
8984 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
8985 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
8986 struct glyph *glyph;
8988 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
8989 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
8990 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
8991 window. */
8992 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
8993 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
8994 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
8995 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
8996 return;
8998 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
8999 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9000 return;
9002 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9003 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
9004 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
9006 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9007 display the cursor. */
9008 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
9010 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9011 return;
9014 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
9016 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
9017 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
9018 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
9019 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
9020 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9021 box cursor. */
9022 new_cursor_width = -1;
9023 if (cursor_in_echo_area
9024 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
9025 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window))
9027 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window))
9028 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9029 else
9030 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9032 else
9034 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window)
9035 || f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame)
9037 extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
9039 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9040 || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows
9041 || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type))
9042 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9043 else
9044 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9046 else if (w->cursor_off_p)
9047 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9048 else
9050 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9052 if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt))
9053 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9054 else
9055 new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type,
9056 &new_cursor_width);
9060 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9061 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9062 erase it. */
9063 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
9064 && (!on
9065 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
9066 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
9067 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type))
9068 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9070 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
9071 display it. */
9072 if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9074 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
9075 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
9077 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9078 of them may need the information. */
9079 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
9080 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
9081 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
9082 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
9083 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
9084 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
9086 switch (new_cursor_type)
9088 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
9089 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9090 break;
9092 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
9093 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9094 break;
9096 case BAR_CURSOR:
9097 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width);
9098 break;
9100 case NO_CURSOR:
9101 break;
9103 default:
9104 abort ();
9110 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9111 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9112 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9113 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9114 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9116 void
9117 x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9118 struct window *w;
9119 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9121 BLOCK_INPUT;
9122 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
9123 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9127 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9128 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9130 void
9131 x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
9132 struct frame *f;
9133 int on_p;
9135 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9139 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9140 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9142 static void
9143 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9144 struct window *w;
9145 int on_p;
9147 while (w)
9149 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9150 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
9151 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9152 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
9153 else
9154 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
9156 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
9161 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9162 of ON. */
9164 static void
9165 x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
9166 struct window *w;
9167 int on;
9169 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9170 of being deleted. */
9171 if (w->current_matrix)
9173 BLOCK_INPUT;
9174 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos,
9175 w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x,
9176 w->phys_cursor.y);
9177 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9184 /* Icons. */
9187 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
9188 struct frame *f;
9189 Lisp_Object icon;
9191 int mask, bitmap_id;
9192 Window icon_window;
9193 HANDLE hicon;
9195 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
9196 return 1;
9198 if (NILP (icon))
9199 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
9200 else if (STRINGP (icon))
9201 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) XSTRING (icon)->data, IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
9202 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
9203 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
9205 LPCTSTR name;
9207 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
9208 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
9209 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
9210 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
9211 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
9212 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
9213 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
9214 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
9215 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
9216 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
9217 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
9218 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
9219 else
9220 return 1;
9222 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
9224 else
9225 return 1;
9227 if (hicon == NULL)
9228 return 1;
9230 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
9231 (LPARAM) hicon);
9233 return 0;
9237 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9239 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
9240 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
9241 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
9242 The return value shows which font we chose. */
9244 Lisp_Object
9245 x_new_font (f, fontname)
9246 struct frame *f;
9247 register char *fontname;
9249 struct font_info *fontp
9250 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
9252 if (!fontp)
9253 return Qnil;
9255 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
9256 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
9257 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
9259 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
9260 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
9262 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
9263 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
9265 else
9267 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
9268 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
9271 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
9272 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
9274 frame_update_line_height (f);
9275 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
9277 else
9278 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
9279 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
9280 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
9282 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
9285 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
9286 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
9287 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
9288 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
9290 Lisp_Object
9291 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
9292 struct frame *f;
9293 char *fontsetname;
9295 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
9296 Lisp_Object result;
9297 char *fontname;
9299 if (fontset < 0)
9300 return Qnil;
9302 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
9303 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
9304 to do. */
9305 return fontset_name (fontset);
9307 result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data));
9309 if (!STRINGP (result))
9310 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
9311 return Qnil;
9313 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
9314 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
9316 return build_string (fontsetname);
9320 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9322 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9323 font table. */
9325 static void
9326 x_check_font (f, font)
9327 struct frame *f;
9328 XFontStruct *font;
9330 int i;
9331 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9333 xassert (font != NULL);
9335 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
9336 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
9337 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
9338 break;
9340 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
9343 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9345 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9346 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9347 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9348 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9349 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9351 static INLINE void
9352 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
9353 XFontStruct *font;
9354 int *w, *h;
9357 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
9358 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
9360 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
9361 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
9365 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9366 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9367 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9368 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9369 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9372 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
9373 struct frame *f;
9375 int i;
9376 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9377 XFontStruct *font;
9378 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
9379 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
9381 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
9382 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
9384 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
9385 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
9387 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
9388 int w, h;
9390 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
9391 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
9392 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
9394 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
9395 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
9398 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
9399 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
9401 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
9402 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
9403 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
9407 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9408 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9410 void
9411 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
9412 struct frame *f;
9414 Window child;
9415 POINT pt;
9416 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags;
9418 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
9420 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
9421 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
9422 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
9424 BLOCK_INPUT;
9425 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9426 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc,
9427 &pt, 1);
9428 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9432 RECT rt;
9433 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
9435 BLOCK_INPUT;
9436 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
9437 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
9438 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9440 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
9441 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
9444 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9445 position that fits on the screen. */
9446 if (flags & XNegative)
9447 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
9448 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x
9449 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
9450 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos);
9452 if (flags & YNegative)
9453 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
9454 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y
9455 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
9456 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
9457 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9458 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9459 so the flags should correspond. */
9460 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
9463 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9464 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9465 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9466 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9467 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9469 void
9470 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
9471 struct frame *f;
9472 register int xoff, yoff;
9473 int change_gravity;
9475 int modified_top, modified_left;
9477 if (change_gravity > 0)
9479 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff;
9480 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff;
9481 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
9482 if (xoff < 0)
9483 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
9484 if (yoff < 0)
9485 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
9486 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9488 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
9490 BLOCK_INPUT;
9491 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
9493 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
9494 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
9496 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9497 NULL,
9498 modified_left, modified_top,
9499 0, 0,
9500 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9501 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9504 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9505 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9506 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9507 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9508 void
9509 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
9510 struct frame *f;
9511 int change_gravity;
9512 int cols, rows;
9514 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
9516 BLOCK_INPUT;
9518 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
9519 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
9520 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
9522 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)));
9523 f->output_data.w32->flags_areas_extra
9524 = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
9525 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
9526 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
9528 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9529 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
9532 RECT rect;
9534 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
9535 rect.right = pixelwidth;
9536 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
9538 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
9539 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
9541 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9542 NULL,
9543 0, 0,
9544 rect.right - rect.left,
9545 rect.bottom - rect.top,
9546 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9549 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9550 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9551 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9552 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9554 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9555 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9556 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9557 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9558 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9560 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9561 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
9562 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
9563 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
9564 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
9566 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9567 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9568 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9569 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9570 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9572 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9573 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
9575 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9576 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9577 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9578 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9579 cancel_mouse_face (f);
9581 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9584 /* Mouse warping. */
9586 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
9588 void
9589 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
9590 struct frame *f;
9591 int x, y;
9593 int pix_x, pix_y;
9595 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2;
9596 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2;
9598 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
9599 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
9601 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
9602 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
9604 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
9607 void
9608 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
9609 struct frame *f;
9610 int pix_x, pix_y;
9612 RECT rect;
9613 POINT pt;
9615 BLOCK_INPUT;
9617 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
9618 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x;
9619 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y;
9620 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
9622 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y);
9624 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9628 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9630 void
9631 x_focus_on_frame (f)
9632 struct frame *f;
9634 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
9636 /* Give input focus to frame. */
9637 BLOCK_INPUT;
9638 #if 0
9639 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
9640 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ()))
9641 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9642 else
9643 #endif
9644 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9645 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9648 void
9649 x_unfocus_frame (f)
9650 struct frame *f;
9654 /* Raise frame F. */
9655 void
9656 x_raise_frame (f)
9657 struct frame *f;
9659 BLOCK_INPUT;
9661 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
9662 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
9663 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
9664 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
9665 click-to-focus.
9667 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
9668 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
9669 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
9670 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
9671 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
9672 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
9673 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
9674 completely obscured) with input focus.
9676 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
9677 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
9678 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
9680 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise))
9682 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
9683 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
9684 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
9685 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
9686 more cumbersome method. */
9688 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
9689 if (handle)
9691 DeferWindowPos (handle,
9692 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9693 HWND_TOP,
9694 0, 0, 0, 0,
9695 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9697 DeferWindowPos (handle,
9698 GetForegroundWindow (),
9699 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9700 0, 0, 0, 0,
9701 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9703 EndDeferWindowPos (handle);
9706 else
9708 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9711 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9714 /* Lower frame F. */
9715 void
9716 x_lower_frame (f)
9717 struct frame *f;
9719 BLOCK_INPUT;
9720 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9721 HWND_BOTTOM,
9722 0, 0, 0, 0,
9723 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9724 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9727 static void
9728 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
9729 FRAME_PTR f;
9730 int raise_flag;
9732 if (raise_flag)
9733 x_raise_frame (f);
9734 else
9735 x_lower_frame (f);
9738 /* Change of visibility. */
9740 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9741 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9742 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9743 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9744 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9745 finishes with it. */
9747 void
9748 x_make_frame_visible (f)
9749 struct frame *f;
9751 Lisp_Object type;
9753 BLOCK_INPUT;
9755 type = x_icon_type (f);
9756 if (!NILP (type))
9757 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
9759 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
9761 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9762 call x_set_offset a second time
9763 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9764 before the window gets really visible. */
9765 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
9766 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible)
9767 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0);
9769 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1;
9771 // my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW);
9772 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
9775 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9776 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9777 so that incoming events are handled. */
9779 Lisp_Object frame;
9780 int count;
9782 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9783 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9785 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9787 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9788 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9789 MapNotify at all.. */
9790 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
9791 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
9793 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9794 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
9796 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
9797 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
9798 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
9799 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
9800 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
9801 if (input_polling_used ())
9803 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
9804 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
9805 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
9806 poll_suppress_count = 1;
9807 poll_for_input_1 ();
9808 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
9811 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
9815 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9817 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9819 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
9820 struct frame *f;
9822 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9823 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
9824 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
9826 BLOCK_INPUT;
9828 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
9830 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9831 just by the event that we get from the server.
9832 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9833 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9834 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9835 f->visible = 0;
9836 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
9837 f->async_visible = 0;
9838 f->async_iconified = 0;
9840 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9843 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9845 void
9846 x_iconify_frame (f)
9847 struct frame *f;
9849 int result;
9850 Lisp_Object type;
9852 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9853 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
9854 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
9856 if (f->async_iconified)
9857 return;
9859 BLOCK_INPUT;
9861 type = x_icon_type (f);
9862 if (!NILP (type))
9863 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
9865 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
9866 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0);
9868 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9871 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9873 void
9874 x_free_frame_resources (f)
9875 struct frame *f;
9877 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9879 BLOCK_INPUT;
9881 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
9882 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9884 free_frame_menubar (f);
9886 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
9887 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
9888 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
9889 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel);
9890 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel);
9891 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel);
9893 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
9894 free_frame_faces (f);
9896 xfree (f->output_data.w32);
9897 f->output_data.w32 = NULL;
9899 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9900 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0;
9901 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
9902 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
9903 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
9904 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
9906 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9908 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9909 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
9910 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9911 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
9912 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
9913 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
9914 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9917 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9921 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
9923 x_destroy_window (f)
9924 struct frame *f;
9926 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9928 x_free_frame_resources (f);
9930 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
9933 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9935 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9936 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9937 that the window now has.
9938 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9939 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
9940 void
9941 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
9942 struct frame *f;
9943 long flags;
9944 int user_position;
9946 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9948 enter_crit ();
9950 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font));
9951 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height);
9952 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width);
9953 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra);
9955 leave_crit ();
9958 /* Window manager things */
9959 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
9960 struct frame *f;
9961 int icon_x, icon_y;
9963 #if 0
9964 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9966 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
9967 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
9968 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
9970 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
9971 #endif
9976 /***********************************************************************
9977 Initialization
9978 ***********************************************************************/
9980 static int w32_initialized = 0;
9982 void
9983 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name)
9984 Lisp_Object display_name;
9986 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
9988 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
9990 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
9991 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
9992 w32_display_name_list);
9993 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list);
9995 dpyinfo->w32_id_name
9996 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
9997 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
9998 + 2);
9999 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s",
10000 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
10002 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
10003 with values obtained from system metrics. */
10004 dpyinfo->resx = 1;
10005 dpyinfo->resy = 1;
10006 dpyinfo->height_in = 1;
10007 dpyinfo->width_in = 1;
10008 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
10009 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4;
10010 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
10011 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1;
10012 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1;
10014 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
10015 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
10016 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10017 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
10019 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
10023 struct w32_display_info *
10024 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
10025 Lisp_Object display_name;
10026 char *xrm_option;
10027 char *resource_name;
10029 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
10030 HDC hdc;
10032 BLOCK_INPUT;
10034 if (!w32_initialized)
10036 w32_initialize ();
10037 w32_initialized = 1;
10041 int argc = 0;
10042 char *argv[3];
10044 argv[0] = "";
10045 argc = 1;
10046 if (xrm_option)
10048 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
10049 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
10053 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name);
10055 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
10057 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
10059 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
10060 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
10061 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
10062 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
10063 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
10064 dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
10065 dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
10066 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
10067 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
10068 dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx;
10069 dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy;
10070 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
10072 /* initialise palette with white and black */
10074 COLORREF color;
10075 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
10076 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
10079 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
10080 left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits);
10081 ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits);
10082 right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits);
10083 continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1,
10084 1, continued_bits);
10085 continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height,
10086 1, 1, continuation_bits);
10087 zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits);
10089 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10090 #ifdef F_SETOWN
10091 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10092 /* stdin is a socket here */
10093 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
10094 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10095 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
10096 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10097 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10098 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10100 #ifdef SIGIO
10101 if (interrupt_input)
10102 init_sigio (connection);
10103 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10105 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10107 return dpyinfo;
10110 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
10112 void
10113 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
10114 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
10116 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
10117 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10118 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list)
10119 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
10120 w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list);
10121 else
10123 Lisp_Object tail;
10125 tail = w32_display_name_list;
10126 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
10128 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
10130 XCDR (tail) = XCDR (XCDR (tail));
10131 break;
10133 tail = XCDR (tail);
10137 /* free palette table */
10139 struct w32_palette_entry * plist;
10141 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
10142 while (plist)
10144 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
10145 plist = plist->next;
10146 xfree (pentry);
10148 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
10149 if (dpyinfo->palette)
10150 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
10152 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
10153 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name);
10155 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
10156 DeleteObject (left_bmp);
10157 DeleteObject (ov_bmp);
10158 DeleteObject (right_bmp);
10159 DeleteObject (continued_bmp);
10160 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp);
10161 DeleteObject (zv_bmp);
10164 /* Set up use of W32. */
10166 DWORD w32_msg_worker ();
10168 void
10169 x_flush (struct frame * f)
10170 { /* Nothing to do */ }
10172 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface =
10174 x_produce_glyphs,
10175 x_write_glyphs,
10176 x_insert_glyphs,
10177 x_clear_end_of_line,
10178 x_scroll_run,
10179 x_after_update_window_line,
10180 x_update_window_begin,
10181 x_update_window_end,
10182 w32_cursor_to,
10183 x_flush,
10184 x_clear_mouse_face,
10185 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
10186 x_fix_overlapping_area
10189 void
10190 w32_initialize ()
10192 rif = &w32_redisplay_interface;
10194 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
10195 so we must explicitly cast them. */
10196 clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame;
10197 ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
10198 change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight;
10199 delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
10200 ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell;
10201 reset_terminal_modes_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_reset_terminal_modes;
10202 set_terminal_modes_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_set_terminal_modes;
10203 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
10204 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
10205 set_terminal_window_hook = w32_set_terminal_window;
10206 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
10207 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date;
10208 reassert_line_highlight_hook = w32_reassert_line_highlight;
10209 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position;
10210 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight;
10211 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower;
10212 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
10213 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars;
10214 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar;
10215 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars;
10216 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
10218 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10219 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
10220 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10221 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
10222 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10223 off the bottom */
10224 baud_rate = 19200;
10226 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
10227 any_help_event_p = 0;
10229 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
10230 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
10231 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil);
10233 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
10235 init_crit ();
10237 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
10238 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
10239 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
10241 /* Wait for thread to start */
10244 MSG msg;
10246 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
10248 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
10249 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker,
10250 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId);
10252 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
10255 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
10256 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
10257 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
10258 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
10259 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
10260 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
10261 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
10262 window state. */
10263 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
10264 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE);
10265 #endif
10267 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
10269 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
10271 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
10273 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
10274 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo);
10275 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo);
10277 #undef LOAD_PROC
10279 FreeLibrary (user_lib);
10281 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
10282 otherwise use the fixed height. */
10283 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 :
10284 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB);
10286 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
10287 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
10288 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
10289 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL);
10293 void
10294 syms_of_w32term ()
10296 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list);
10297 w32_display_name_list = Qnil;
10299 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
10300 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
10302 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
10303 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10305 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
10306 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons,
10307 "Number of physical mouse buttons.");
10308 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
10310 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
10311 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons,
10312 "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\
10313 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3.");
10314 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
10316 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
10317 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise,
10318 "Raised frame grabs input focus.\n\
10319 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well\n\
10320 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be\n\
10321 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy.");
10322 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt;
10324 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
10325 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock,
10326 "Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.\n\
10327 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys.");
10328 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil;
10330 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
10331 &Vw32_recognize_altgr,
10332 "Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.\n\
10333 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is\n\
10334 interpreted normally.");
10335 Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt;
10337 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
10338 &w32_enable_unicode_output,
10339 "Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.\n\
10340 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying\n\
10341 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.\n\
10342 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no\n\
10343 affect on NT machines.");
10344 w32_enable_unicode_output = 1;
10346 help_echo = Qnil;
10347 staticpro (&help_echo);
10348 help_echo_object = Qnil;
10349 staticpro (&help_echo_object);
10350 help_echo_window = Qnil;
10351 staticpro (&help_echo_window);
10352 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
10353 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
10354 help_echo_pos = -1;
10356 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
10357 "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
10358 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
10359 wide as that tab on the display.");
10360 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
10362 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars-p", &x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p,
10363 "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.");
10364 x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 1;
10366 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
10367 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;